<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" media="screen" href="/~d/styles/rss2full.xsl"?><?xml-stylesheet type="text/css" media="screen" href="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~d/styles/itemcontent.css"?><rss xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/" xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/" xmlns:feedburner="http://rssnamespace.org/feedburner/ext/1.0" version="2.0">

<channel>
	<title>ILGUR: Italian Language, Grammar and Usage Resource</title>
	
	<link>http://ilgur.com</link>
	<description />
	<lastBuildDate>Thu, 06 Oct 2011 17:21:03 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>hourly</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>1</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>http://wordpress.org/?v=3.3.1</generator>
		<atom10:link xmlns:atom10="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="http://feeds.feedburner.com/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage" /><feedburner:info uri="italianlanguagegrammarandusage" /><atom10:link xmlns:atom10="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" rel="hub" href="http://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/" /><feedburner:emailServiceId>ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage</feedburner:emailServiceId><feedburner:feedburnerHostname>http://feedburner.google.com</feedburner:feedburnerHostname><item>
		<title>#211: Passato prossimo, passato remoto, &amp; imperfetto</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/cO3jbtv2ZOI/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2011/06/20/211-passato-prossimo-passato-remoto-imperfetto/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 20 Jun 2011 09:00:08 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Vittorio Tavini</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[imperfetto]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[passato prossimo]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[passato remoto]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=1297</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Let us take a look at these three Italian past tenses in contrast, since it is sometimes really difficult for English speakers to know when to use one or the other. First of all, let us group the passato prossimo and the passato remoto together, because their difference is just in the point in time [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Let us take a look at these three Italian past tenses in contrast, since it is sometimes really difficult for English speakers to know when to use one or the other.</p>
<p>First of all, let us group the <strong>passato prossimo</strong> and the <strong>passato remoto</strong> together, because their difference is just in the <strong>point in time</strong> they refer to, not in the quality of the action they express.</p>
<p>The kind of action the passato prossimo and the passato remoto express is a <strong>completed action</strong> which occurred at some point in the past. Whereas the passato prossimo is mainly used in conversation to refer to recent or less recent past actions, the passato remoto is used instead for remote past actions. In addition, the passato remoto is the only tense used in fiction.</p>
<blockquote><p>Un’ora fa <strong>ha chiamato</strong> Maria.</p>
<p><em>Maria called an hour ago.</em></p>
<p><em><br />
</em></p>
<p>Mercoledì scorso <strong>sono andato </strong>al cinema con Francesco.</p>
<p><em>Last Wednesday I went to the cinema with Francesco.</em></p>
<p><em><br />
</em></p>
<p>Il mese scorso <strong>siamo andati</strong> in vacanza alle Barbados.</p>
<p><em>Last month we went to Barbados on holiday.</em></p>
<p><em><br />
</em></p>
<p>Tre anni fa <strong>prenotammo</strong> una stanza d’albergo vicino al mare.</p>
<p><em>Three years ago we reserved a hotel room near the sea.</em></p>
<p><em><br />
</em></p>
<p>Nel 1946 l’Italia <strong>diventò</strong> una Repubblica.</p>
<p><em>In 1946 Italy became a Republic.</em></p>
<p><em><br />
</em></p>
<p><em> </em></p>
<p>(From a novel:) Laura <strong>si svegliò </strong>di soprassalto e guardò l’orologio.</p>
<p><em>Laura woke up with a start and took a look at her watch. </em></p></blockquote>
<p>There is much debate among Italians about how remote an action has to be to require a passato remoto. There are two factors to consider: <strong>a regional one</strong> and <strong>an emotional one</strong>.</p>
<p>Regarding regional differences, people in Northern Italy tend to prefer the passato prossimo, even for actions that took place long ago. They would rather say (see example above):</p>
<blockquote><p>Tre anni fa <strong>abbiamo prenotato</strong> una stanza d’albergo vicino al mare</p>
<p><em>Three years ago we booked a hotel room near the sea.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>In the South, it is the other way round: many Neapolitans and Sicilians would rather say (see examples above):</p>
<blockquote><p>Il mese scorso <strong>andammo</strong> in vacanza alle Barbados.</p>
<p><em>Last month we went on vacation to Barbados.</em></p>
<p><em><br />
</em></p>
<p>Mercoledì scorso <strong>andai</strong> al cinema con Francesco.</p>
<p><em>Last Wednesday I went to the movies with Francesco.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>The emotional factor refers to the emotional proximity felt by the speaker relating a past action, which means that the past action is felt to still have an impact on the present regardless of how remote in the past it actually is. In this case, the passato prossimo would rather be used. For example, one would not normally use the passato remoto in sentences like:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Sono nato</strong> in un piccolo paesino della Sicilia. (The speaker is obviously still alive)</p>
<p><em>I was born in a small village in Sicily.</em></p>
<p><em><br />
</em></p>
<p><strong>Ci siamo sposati</strong> nell’agosto del 1980. (They are still married)</p>
<p><em>We got married in August 1980.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>Now let us now consider how the <strong>IMPERFETTO</strong> works. It has got at least three main functions:</p>
<p>1) DESCRIPTION OF A PAST SITUATION:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Ero</strong> un ragazzo introverso: <strong>parlavo</strong> poco e passavo il tempo leggendo romanzi d’avventura.</p>
<p><em>I was an introverted boy: I spoke little and spent my time reading adventure novels.</em></p>
<p><em><br />
</em></p>
<p>Nel 1990 <strong>vivevamo</strong> in Francia.</p>
<p><em>In 1990 we lived in France.</em></p>
<p><em><br />
</em></p>
<p>La nostra casa <strong>si trovava</strong> su una collina, e poco sotto<strong> iniziava</strong> una strada che <strong>portava</strong> al mare, da cui si <strong>poteva</strong> vedere un isolotto vulcanico.</p>
<p><em>Our house was located on a hill, and just below began a road that led to the sea, from where one could see a volcanic holm.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>2) REPEATED OR HABITUAL PAST ACTION:</p>
<blockquote><p>Da bambino,<strong> andavo</strong> in montagna tutti gli anni.</p>
<p><em>When I was a child, I used to go to the mountains every year.</em></p>
<p><em><br />
</em></p>
<p>Quando <strong>tornavo</strong> a casa, mi aspettava sempre dietro la porta per farmi uno scherzo.</p>
<p><em>When I used to return home, she used to always wait behind the door in order to play a trick on me.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>3) DURATIVE PAST ACTION (that is, actions where the stress in on duration):</p>
<blockquote><p>Mi<strong> fissava</strong> con rabbia.</p>
<p><em>He was staring at me with anger.</em></p>
<p><em><br />
</em></p>
<p>Ieri Paolo, mentre <strong>studiava</strong>, <strong>ascoltava </strong>la musica. (parallel durative actions, often introduced by time subordinators such as “mentre”; see below)</p>
<p><em>Yesterday Paolo, while he was studying, listened to music.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>Now let us finally see the <strong>passato remoto/passato prossimo</strong> tenses in contrast to the <strong>imperfetto</strong>.</p>
<p>I said that the passato prossimo/passato remoto group refers to <strong>completed actions</strong> that took place at some <em>point </em>in the past. In contrast, the imperfetto focuses on the <strong>duration</strong> of an action rather than on its completeness (which is irrelevant here). This contrast is particularly evident when the tenses are used in combination, as in the following examples:</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>- passato prossimo/passato remoto + passato prossimo/passato remoto</strong></p>
<p>(= A series of completed past actions, one following the other in temporal succession)</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Sono tornato</strong> a casa e l’<strong>ho chiamata</strong>. (with the <strong>passato prossimo</strong>)</p>
<p><em>I came back home and I called her.</em></p>
<p>Prima <strong>accesi</strong> la TV e poi mi <strong>misi </strong>a letto. (with the <strong>passato remoto</strong>)</p>
<p><em>First I turned on the TV and then got into bed.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>Graphically speaking, we can see each <strong>passato prossimo/passato remoto </strong>action as a single vertical arrow (the point in time) hitting the time line. So, the first example could be represented as follows:</p>
<p><a href="http://ilgur.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/pp_pp2.png"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-1308" title="passato prossimo, passato prossimo" src="http://ilgur.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/pp_pp2.png" alt="" width="393" height="94" /></a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>- imperfetto + imperfetto</strong></p>
<p>(= Parallel durative actions)</p>
<blockquote><p>Mentre <strong>ascoltava</strong> la radio,<strong> fumava</strong> una canna.</p>
<p><em>While he was listening to the radio, he was smoking a joint.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>Graphically speaking, these actions in the imperfetto can be seen as two parallel horizontal segments along the time line. So, the example could be represented as follows:</p>
<p><a href="http://ilgur.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/imp_imp2.png"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-1307" title="imperfetto imperfetto" src="http://ilgur.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/imp_imp2.png" alt="" width="393" height="94" /></a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>- <strong>imperfetto + passato prossimo/passato remoto</strong></p>
<blockquote><p><strong> </strong>Mentre <strong>parlavo</strong> con Maria, <strong>è squillato</strong> il telefono.</p>
<p><em>While I was talking to Maria, the telephone rang.</em></p>
<p>Anna <strong>passava</strong> per quella strada proprio nell’istante in cui l’auto <strong>esplose</strong>.</p>
<p><em>Anna was going by that street just at that moment when the car exploded.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>Finally, we can combine the above symbols in the following representation of the first example:</p>
<p><a href="http://ilgur.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/pp_imp.png"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-1309" title="passato prossimo, imperfetto" src="http://ilgur.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/pp_imp.png" alt="" width="393" height="105" /></a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/2KPFGaIKEyQw8Vvy35MjeORULWI/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/2KPFGaIKEyQw8Vvy35MjeORULWI/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/2KPFGaIKEyQw8Vvy35MjeORULWI/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/2KPFGaIKEyQw8Vvy35MjeORULWI/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/cO3jbtv2ZOI" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2011/06/20/211-passato-prossimo-passato-remoto-imperfetto/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2011/06/20/211-passato-prossimo-passato-remoto-imperfetto/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Practice Makes Perfect:  “Can” in Italian</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/3FJmPwEs_jI/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2011/05/25/practice-makes-perfect-can-in-italian/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 25 May 2011 13:19:52 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exercises]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[expressing "can" in Italian]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=1259</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Below are some exercises (answers are located in the comments).  Please study #210 that explains the use of potere, riuscire and sapere. Instructions: In the sentences below, fill the appropriate conjugation and tense of potere, riuscire a, or sapere. 1. (io)  __________  portarti al centro commerciale ma devi andare a casa in autobus. 2.  Non [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Below are some exercises (answers are located <a href="http://ilgur.com/2011/05/23/practice-makes-perfect-can-in-italian/#comment-12667">in the comments</a>).  Please <a href="http://ilgur.com/2011/05/10/210-expressing-can-in-italian/">study #210</a> that explains the use of <strong>potere, riuscire</strong> and <strong>sapere</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Instructions:</strong> In the sentences below, fill the appropriate conjugation and tense of <strong>potere</strong>, <strong>riuscire a</strong>, or <strong>sapere.</strong></p>
<p>1. (io)  __________  portarti al centro commerciale ma devi andare a casa in autobus.</p>
<p>2.  Non _________ trovare le mie chiavi perche&#8217; la mia scrivania è in disordine.</p>
<p>3.  (io) __________ giocare a tennis come un professionista, ma, scusami, domani non _______  giocare.  Ho un colloquio.</p>
<p>4. (tu) _________  prestarci la tua macchina?  La nostra non parte.</p>
<p>5. Fagli un&#8217;offerta che non (lui) _________ rifiutare.</p>
<p>6. Non (loro) ____________  accettare i tuoi soldi &#8211; sono troppo orgogliosi!</p>
<p>7. Sapevo che __________ spiegargli tutta la situazione, però quando l&#8217;ho visto stamattina ho cominciato a tremare e non ____________ dire una parola.</p>
<p>8. Quando sono ritornato a casa, sapevo di non ________ entrarci.  Ho capito di aver lasciato le chiavi sul tavolo e non ________ proprio.</p>
<p>9.  Ho tentato di aprire la porta molte volte con la chiave, ma alla fine non ___________.</p>
<p>10.  (io) __________ guardare i bambini mentre ti fai la doccia.</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: normal;">11. (io) ___________ aprire il barratolo.  Ho le mani bagnate.</span></p>
<p>12.  Ho tentato di aprire la porta del mio ufficio, ma non ________ perché avevo la chiave sbagliata. Ho frugato nelle tasche, ma non ___________ trovare quella giusta, e poi ho capito di averla lasciata sul tavolo della cucina. Si, __________ vederla dalla finestra ma _________ prenderla!  Mannaggia!  Non _______ entrarci!  Ma allora ho pensato che _________ telefonare a mia madre per un aiuto.</p>
<p>13. Mi ricordo l&#8217;estate scorsa.  Cercavo questo paesino chiamato Villari e mi sono perso.  Ho chiesto ad un passante, ma non (lui) _________ aiutarmi perche&#8217; anche lui era uno sconosciuto li.  Ho telefonato ad Aldo per un aiuto, presumendo che conoscesse la zona, e, per fortuna, alla fine (lui) ___________ aiutarmi a trovare questo posto.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Answers:</strong></p>
<p>The answer key is located in the comments below.  If you have a question or require an explanation, leave a comment, and one of us will respond shortly!</p>
<p><strong><strong><strong><strong><strong><strong><br />
</strong></strong></strong></strong></strong></strong></p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/lgEpd-kILtoZ2Vl_D_01MAgdr4s/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/lgEpd-kILtoZ2Vl_D_01MAgdr4s/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/lgEpd-kILtoZ2Vl_D_01MAgdr4s/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/lgEpd-kILtoZ2Vl_D_01MAgdr4s/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/3FJmPwEs_jI" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2011/05/25/practice-makes-perfect-can-in-italian/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2011/05/25/practice-makes-perfect-can-in-italian/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#156: Understanding verbs — essere and stare</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/Wg2CtwS_Ca8/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2011/05/14/lesson-156understanding-verbs-essere-and-stare/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 14 May 2011 17:02:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[essere]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[stare]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Understanding verbs]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=117</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Do you ever get confused when to use essere and when to use stare? Use of essere: Essere can express existence, which refers to an intrinsic quality or a condition, both temporary and permanent, and can be followed by an adjective (felice, depresso, annoiato, stanco, allergico, malato, etc.): Sei una persona magnifica. You are a [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Do you ever get confused when to use <span style="font-weight: bold;">essere</span> and when to use <span style="font-weight: bold;">stare</span>?</p>
<h4>Use of essere:</h4>
<p><strong>Essere</strong> can<strong> </strong>express <span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>existence</strong></span>, which refers to an intrinsic quality or a condition, both temporary and permanent, and can be followed by an adjective (<strong>felice, depresso, annoiato, stanco, allergico, malato</strong>, etc.):</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Sei </strong>una persona magnifica.<br />
<em>You are a wonderful person.</em></p>
<p><strong>Sono</strong> stanchissimo. Posso riposarmi un minuto?<br />
<em>I’m very tired. Do you mind if I rest for a moment?</em></p>
<p><em> </em><em></em>Come <strong>sei</strong> brutto con questo maglione rosa!<br />
<em>How ugly you are with that pink sweater on!</em></p></blockquote>
<p><strong>Essere</strong> can also be used to express a <strong>state</strong>, indicating the place where one is (as a synonym for the verb <strong>trovarsi</strong>):</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Sarò</strong> a Roma il prossimo fine-settimana.<br />
<em>I will be in Rome next week-end.</em></p>
<p>Non piangere. <strong>Sono</strong> qui per aiutarti.<br />
<em>Don’t cry. I am here to help you.</em></p>
<p><strong>Sono</strong> in piedi davanti a voi; non mi vedete?<br />
<em>I’m standing still in front of you; can’t you see me?</em></p>
<p>Quanti <strong>saremo</strong> alla festa?<br />
<em><em>How many of us will be at the party?</em><br />
</em></p></blockquote>
<p><strong>Cultural Note: </strong>In the south of Italy, it’s not uncommon to hear people use ‘stare’ with adjectives, as in “sto stanco”, “sto depresso”, to indicate a <strong>temporary condition</strong>, as well as with a locative meaning, as in “sto a casa”, “sto per strada”. Nevertheless, these are regional, non-standard usages (derived from the Spanish language) which are considered inappropriate by native speakers themselves in official contexts and in writing.</p>
<h4><span style="font-weight: bold;">Use of stare:</span></h4>
<p><strong>Stare </strong>indicates a<strong> temporary physical condition</strong>, as an answer to the question, “Come stai?” (and is followed by an adverb: sto bene/benissimo, sto male/malissimo, sto meglio di ieri, sto peggio di ieri ecc.):</p>
<blockquote><p>Come stai oggi?<br />
<em>How are you today?</em></p>
<p><em> </em>Sto benissimo, grazie!<br />
<em>I’m very well, thanks!</em></p></blockquote>
<p>Let&#8217;s look at the following example where both verbs are used in contrast:</p>
<blockquote><p>Come <strong>stanno</strong> i tuoi genitori? (‘come’=interrogative adverb, so ‘stare’ is used)<br />
<strong>Sono</strong> esausti; hanno viaggiato tutta la giornata. (‘esausto’=adjective, so ‘essere’ is used)</p>
<p><em>How are your parents?<br />
</em><em>They’re exhausted; They travelled all day long.</em></p></blockquote>
<p><strong>Stare</strong> can also be used to describe a<strong> physical position</strong>, indicating the stillness and persistence<strong> </strong>of a condition, as a synonym for the verb ‘restare’ (stay):</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Sto</strong> qui ad aspettarti da un’ora!<br />
<em>I’ve been waiting here for you for an hour!</em></p>
<p><strong>Sta</strong>’ zitto! Ho mal di testa!<br />
<em>Shut up!</em> [literally: <em>stay silent</em>] <em>I’ve got a headache!</em></p>
<p><strong>Stava</strong> con le mani sui fianchi.<br />
<em>She was akimbo.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>With adjectives that can express both intrinsic qualities and physical positions, the contrast in meaning between “essere” and “stare” becomes more evident:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Sii fermo</strong> e risoluto e avrai successo in ogni situazione.<br />
<em>Be firm and resolute and you’ll succeed every time.</em></p>
<p><strong>Sta’ fermo</strong> un attimo! Mi stai innervosendo!<br />
<em>Hold still for a moment! You are annoying me!</em></p></blockquote>
<p>In the following example, we can see a clear contrast between the indication of a position and the persistence of that position:</p>
<blockquote><p>Dov’<strong>è</strong> <strong>seduta</strong> tua madre? Non la vedo.<br />
<em>Where is your mother seated? I can’t see her.</em></p>
<p>Dille di <strong>stare seduta</strong> ancora un po’.<br />
<em>Tell her to stay seated a little longer.</em></p></blockquote>
<h4 style="text-align: left;">Other grammatical uses of <strong>stare</strong> and <strong>essere:</strong></h4>
<p><a href="http://www.ilgur.com/2006/09/expressions-with-verb-stare.html">Stare</a> is used to form the <strong>present</strong> and <strong>past progressive </strong>(il presente progressivo and il passato progressivo):</p>
<blockquote><p>Sto andando al supermercato.<br />
I&#8217;m going to the supermarket. (That is, you are going right now)</p>
<p>Non ti arrabbiare! Stavamo solo scherzando!<br />
<em>Don&#8217;t be mad! We were only joking!</em></p></blockquote>
<p><a href="http://www.ilgur.com/2006/07/essere-and-avere-in-present-tense.html">Essere</a> is used, along with <strong>avere</strong>, as the auxiliary verb in compound tenses such as the <a href="http://www.ilgur.com/2007/03/passato-prossimo-overview.html">passato prossimo</a>:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Sono stato</strong> alla biblioteca oggi.<br />
<em>I was at the library today.</em></p>
<p><strong>Sono arrivati</strong> alle 5 di mattina.<br />
<em>They arrived at 5am.</em></p></blockquote>
<p><strong>NB: </strong>Take note that <strong>stato </strong>is the past participle for <strong>essere</strong> and <strong>stare</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Essere</strong> is also used in passive constructions:</p>
<blockquote><p>Le piccole squadre come la nostra <strong>sono</strong> sempre <strong>penalizzate</strong>!<br />
<em>Small teams like ours are always penalised!</em></p></blockquote>
<p><strong><a href="http://ilgur.com/2011/02/14/207-verbi-fraseologici-phraseological-verbs/">Stare per + infinitive</a></strong> means <em>to be about to do something</em>:</p>
<blockquote><p>Il treno sta per partire.<br />
<em>The train is about to depart.</em></p></blockquote>
<p style="text-align: right;"><em>created and edited by Vittorio Tavini<br />
and Keith Preble </em></p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/ohn2ban5Gg9n0q4jX6nZADjj6_Y/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/ohn2ban5Gg9n0q4jX6nZADjj6_Y/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/ohn2ban5Gg9n0q4jX6nZADjj6_Y/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/ohn2ban5Gg9n0q4jX6nZADjj6_Y/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/Wg2CtwS_Ca8" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2011/05/14/lesson-156understanding-verbs-essere-and-stare/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2011/05/14/lesson-156understanding-verbs-essere-and-stare/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#210: Expressing “can” in Italian</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/Kx3c4mExguo/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2011/05/10/210-expressing-can-in-italian/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 10 May 2011 22:14:51 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Vittorio Tavini</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA["can" in English]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[riuscire v. potere]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[sapere]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=1168</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The word, can, can have one of several different translations.  As I have to come to find out (almost painfully!), it can be difficult for non-native speakers of Italian to grasp this. In order to clear up any confusion, let&#8217;s look at how can is used: In English In English, can is used to express [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The word, <strong>can</strong>, can have one of several different translations.  As I have to come to find out (almost painfully!), it can be difficult for non-native speakers of Italian to grasp this.</p>
<p>In order to clear up any confusion, let&#8217;s look at how can is used:</p>
<h4>In English</h4>
<p>In English, <strong>can</strong> is used to express <em>ability</em>, <em>permission</em>, and <em>logical possibility</em>:</p>
<blockquote><p><em>ability</em>: I can swim well.</p>
<p><em>permission: </em>Can I have something to drink?</p>
<p><em>logical possibility: </em>I can see your house from the window.</p></blockquote>
<h4>In Italian</h4>
<p>In Italian, <em>can </em>can be expressed with the verbs <strong>sapere + infinito</strong>, <strong>riuscire a + infinito</strong>, or <strong>potere</strong>.  Let&#8217;s study this in greater detail:</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">capacità</span>:</strong></p>
<p>In Italian, <em>acquired skill/ability</em> is expressed with the verb, <strong>sapere + infinitive </strong>(<em>can</em> or <em>to know how to do something</em>)<strong>:</strong></p>
<blockquote><p><strong>So nuotare</strong> bene!</p>
<p><em>I can swim well!</em></p></blockquote>
<p><em>Capability</em> can also be expressed with <strong>riuscire</strong>, if the skill/ability that is acquired is <strong>temporary</strong> in nature:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Riesco a sentirti</strong> da qui.</p>
<p><em>I can hear you from here.</em></p></blockquote>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">permesso</span>:</strong></p>
<p><em>Permission</em> or <strong>permesso</strong> is expressed with the verb, <strong>potere</strong>:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Puoi prendere</strong> il libro se ti serve.</p>
<p><em>You can take the book if you need it.</em></p></blockquote>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">possibilità logica</span>:</strong></p>
<p><strong>Potere</strong> can be used to express a <em>logical possibility</em>:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Si può vedere</strong> la torre da questa finestra.</p>
<p><em>One can see the tower from this window.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>Therefore, <strong>potere</strong> does not possess the idea of <em>skill/ability</em> that <em>can </em>possesses &#8212; and in order to express this idea we use two verbs, according to whether the skill/ability is acquired or temporary in nature:</p>
<blockquote><p>In genere <strong>so cantare</strong> benissimo, ma in questo momento non <strong>ci riesco</strong> perché sono raffreddato.</p>
<p><em>Usually I know how to sing/can sing very well, but right now I am not able to because I have a cold.<br />
[In general, I can sing well, but at this moment in time <span style="text-decoration: underline;">I am not capable of it</span> because I am sick]</em></p></blockquote>
<p><em><span style="font-style: normal;">In the example above, there&#8217;s an implication that the speaker <em>attempted to sing. </em></span></em></p>
<p><em></em><span style="font-style: normal;">L</span><em><span style="font-style: normal;">et&#8217;s look at this example:</span></em></p>
<blockquote><p>In genere <strong>so cantare</strong> benissimo, ma in questo momento <strong>non posso</strong> perché sono raffreddato.</p>
<p><em>Usually I know how to sing very well, but right now I cannot because I have a cold.<br />
[In general, I can sing well, but at this moment in time <span style="text-decoration: underline;">it is impossible for me</span> because I am sick]</em></p></blockquote>
<p>In this example above, the speaker made no attempt to try to sing since he/she knew full well that it would be an <em>impossibility</em>.</p>
<p><em><span style="font-style: normal;">In the first example where we contrast <strong>sapere</strong> and <strong>riuscire</strong> (a + infinito), we can see a contrast between an <em>acquired skill</em> (<strong>so cantare</strong>) versus a <em>momentary incapacity</em></span></em><span style="font-style: normal;"> (<strong>non ci riesco</strong>)</span><em><span style="font-style: normal;"><em>. </em>In the second example, there&#8217;s a contrast between an <em>acquired skill</em> versus an <em>objective obstacle </em>(the cold which sprang up on the speaker).</span></em></p>
<p>It helps to practice because it can be confusing &#8212; click here for <a href="http://ilgur.com/2011/05/25/practice-makes-perfect-can-in-italian/">some exercises</a>.</p>
<p style="text-align: right;"><em>created by Vittorio Tavini and Keith Preble</em></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/GbzgFMxP-GKRtvQ_bPAxnhHMZ88/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/GbzgFMxP-GKRtvQ_bPAxnhHMZ88/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/GbzgFMxP-GKRtvQ_bPAxnhHMZ88/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/GbzgFMxP-GKRtvQ_bPAxnhHMZ88/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/Kx3c4mExguo" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2011/05/10/210-expressing-can-in-italian/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2011/05/10/210-expressing-can-in-italian/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#113: Modals (potere, dovere, volere) in the past tenses</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/dRzM58HycaA/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2011/05/06/lesson-113-modals-potere-dovere-volere-in-the-past-tenses/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 06 May 2011 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[modals]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[modals in the past tenses]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=198</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The modal verbs (i verbi modali) &#8212; potere, volere and dovere &#8212; have special considerations when used in compound tenses (such as the passato prossimo) and the imperfetto. In compound tenses: - Modals take the auxiliary (il verbo ausiliare), avere, when they are used by themselves in the passato prossimo: Le ho voluto tanto bene. I loved [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The modal verbs (i verbi modali) &#8212; potere, volere and dovere &#8212; have special considerations when used in compound tenses (such as the <strong>passato prossimo</strong>) and the <strong>imperfetto</strong>.</p>
<p>In compound tenses:</p>
<p>- Modals take the <strong>auxiliary </strong>(<strong>il verbo ausiliare</strong>), <strong>avere</strong>, when they are used by themselves in the passato prossimo:</p>
<blockquote><p>Le ho voluto tanto bene.</p>
<p><em>I loved her so much.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>- Modals, when followed by an infinitive, take the auxiliary, <strong>essere</strong> or <strong>avere</strong>, that the infinitive would take:</p>
<blockquote><p>Ho voluto <strong>comprare</strong> una giacca nuova.</p>
<p><em>I wanted to buy a new jacket.</em></p>
<p>Sono dovuta <strong>andare</strong> al supermercato.</p>
<p><em>I had to go to the supermarket.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>- When modals are followed by reflexive verbs:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">- if the reflexive pronoun <span style="text-decoration: underline;">is attached to the infinitive</span>, <strong>avere</strong> is used:</p>
<blockquote>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><strong>Ha dovuto sposar<span style="text-decoration: underline;">si</span></strong> in chiesa perché sua madre ci teneva tanto!</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><em>She had to get married in church because it was very important to her mother.</em></p>
</blockquote>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">- if the reflexive pronoun <span style="text-decoration: underline;">comes before the auxiliary</span>, then <strong>essere</strong> is used:</p>
<blockquote>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Si</span> è dovuta sposare</strong> in chiesa perché sua madre ci teneva tanto!</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><em><em>She had to get married in church because it was very important to her mother.</em></em></p>
</blockquote>
<p>- When modals are followed by <strong>essere</strong>, the auxiliary, <strong>avere, </strong>is used:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Ho dovuto essere</strong> a casa per le cinque.</p>
<p><em>I had to be at home by five o&#8217;clock.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>When modals are used in the <strong>imperfetto</strong>, <span style="text-decoration: underline;">they can often <em>indicate </em>or <em>describe </em></span><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">an uncertainty of an action&#8217;s outcome, but that outcome does not necessarily nor does it always remain so</span>.</strong> This is best explained with examples, as seen below:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>dovere:</strong></p>
<p><strong>Dovevo finire</strong> il lavoro entro le cinque; per questo ho perfino saltato il pranzo. Alla fine l&#8217;ho consegnato perfettamente in orario!</p>
<p><em>I had to finish the work by five o&#8217;clock; for this I even skipped lunch.  In the end I handed it in perfectly on time.<br />
[Initially there was trepidation that the assignment would not be completed, but in the end, the subject perserveres] </em></p>
<p><strong>Dovevo finire</strong> il lavoro entro le cinque, ma era così tanto che alla fine non ce l&#8217;ho fatta.</p>
<p><em>I had to finish the work by five o&#8217;clock, but it was too much that in the end I didn&#8217;t manage to do it.<br />
[Initially there was trepidation that the assignment would not be completed, and, in the end, it was not -- it proved to be too much] </em></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p><strong>potere:</strong></p>
<p><strong>Potevo andare </strong>sul sicuro regalandogli l’ennesimo libro, e allora non mi sono scervellato più di tanto: sono andato in libreria e gli ho comprato il solito romanzo d&#8217;avventura.</p>
<p><em>I could play it safe giving him the umpteenth book, and then I didn&#8217;t wrack my brains too much: I went to the bookstore and bought him the usual adventure novel.<br />
[I knew that I could play it safe and ended up doing so by buying the usual gift]</em></p>
<p><strong>Potevo andare</strong> sul sicuro regalandogli l’ennesimo libro, ma mi sembrava banale: alla fine ho rischiato e gli ho comprato un vaso cinese.</p>
<p><em>I could play it safe giving him the umpteenth book, but it seemed banal to me: in the end I took a risk and bought him a Chinese vase.<br />
</em><em>[I knew that I could play it safe but changed my mind in the end and decided to take a risk and buy a vase]</em><em> </em></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p><strong>volere:</strong></p>
<p><strong>Volevo risolvere</strong> la situazione senza litigare, e lei lo ha percepito fin da subito e si è calmata.</p>
<p><em>I wanted to resolve the situation without arguing, and she detected it right away and calmed down.<br />
[I desired to resolve the situation, and in the end it resolved as I wanted - without arguing] </em></p>
<p><strong>Volevo risolvere</strong> la situazione senza litigare, ma lei ha cominciato a rinfacciarmi delle cose assurde e allora ho perso le staffe e ho preso a urlarle contro.</p>
<p><em>I wanted to resolve the situation without arguing, but she started to hold some absurd things against me and then I lost my temper and started to show at her.<br />
[I desired to resolve the situation without arguing, but it didn't go the way I wanted, and we fought] </em></p></blockquote>
<p>When modals are used in the <strong>passato prossimo</strong>, they refer to an action <strong>that has been realized within a given context</strong>:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Ho dovuto finire</strong> il lavoro entro le cinque perché alle sei avevo un appuntamento importante.</p></blockquote>
<p style="text-align: right;">&nbsp;</p>
<p style="text-align: right;">written by Keith Preble &amp; Vittorio Tavini<br />
<em>last updated: 6 may 2011</em></p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/FPrNDeYD6Ofz6WN5htsp9VjOheA/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/FPrNDeYD6Ofz6WN5htsp9VjOheA/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/FPrNDeYD6Ofz6WN5htsp9VjOheA/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/FPrNDeYD6Ofz6WN5htsp9VjOheA/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/dRzM58HycaA" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2011/05/06/lesson-113-modals-potere-dovere-volere-in-the-past-tenses/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>6</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2011/05/06/lesson-113-modals-potere-dovere-volere-in-the-past-tenses/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#194: Understanding verbs — visitare v. andare/venire a trovare + qualcuno</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/k_1RjjbD024/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2011/04/28/lesson-194-understanding-verbs-visitare-v-andarevenire-a-trovare-qualcuno/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 28 Apr 2011 06:11:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA["to visit" in Italian]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[andare/venire a trovare]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[downloadable lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Understanding verbs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[visitare]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=42</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[One of the most common &#8220;mistakes&#8221; that speakers of Italian make is confusing the usage of visitare and the verb expression, andare/venire a trovare qualcuno. In Italian, visitare means to visit but in specific circumstances and contexts. Be careful when using it to describe visiting people, because it gives the impression of a visit to [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>One of the most common &#8220;mistakes&#8221; that speakers of Italian make is confusing the usage of <strong>visitare</strong> and the verb expression, <strong>andare/venire a trovare qualcuno</strong>.</p>
<p>In Italian, <strong>visitare</strong> means<em> to visit</em> but in specific circumstances and contexts. Be careful when using it to describe visiting people, because it gives the impression of a visit to or by your doctor and generally means <em>to examine</em> or <em>to see</em>.  If you say that you&#8217;re going to visit Maria and use <strong>visitare</strong>,  it gives the impression that Maria is your doctor and is giving you a check-up &#8212; see the examples below:</p>
<blockquote><p>Oggi mio nonno ha preso un appuntamento dal medico. Vuole essere <strong>visitato</strong> dato che non sta molto bene.<br />
<em>Today my grandfather made an appointment at the doctor&#8217;s. He wants to be examined since he is not feeling well. </em></p></blockquote>
<p>But, you can use <strong>visitare</strong> to mean <em>to visit</em> when you talk about going to cities, towns, museums, attractions, etc:</p>
<blockquote><p>Quando sei andato a Roma, <strong>hai visitato</strong> molti musei interessanti?<br />
<em>When you went to Rome, did you visit many interesting museums? </em></p></blockquote>
<p>As you know, in Italian the preposition, <strong>a</strong>, precedes cities and town (Vado <strong>a</strong> Londra | <em>I am going to London</em>).  With <strong>visitare</strong>, it is a common error to use the preposition, <strong>a</strong>, but <span style="text-decoration: underline;">this must be avoided</span> with <strong>visitare </strong>since it is transitive (with the direct objects &#8212; those cities and towns &#8212; are receiving the action of the verb):</p>
<blockquote><p>Sono andato a Londra e ad Amsterdam. <strong>Hai </strong>mai <strong>visitato</strong> Londra? È bellissima!<br />
I went to London and Amsterdam. Did you ever visit London? It&#8217;s very beautiful!</p></blockquote>
<p>When talking about visiting people, use <strong>andare/venire a trovare qualcuno</strong>, which literally means &#8220;<em>to go/to come to find someone</em>&#8220;. However, the usage between the two differs:</p>
<ol>
<li>When you&#8217;re speaking to the person to whom you are visiting (or plan to visit or have visited, etc.), you use <strong><a href="http://ilgur.com/2010/01/02/lesson-197-understanding-verbs-andare-v-venire/">venire</a> a trovare</strong></li>
<li>When you&#8217;re talking about visiting someone, and you are not addressing the person to whom you plan to visit directly, use <strong><a href="http://ilgur.com/2010/01/02/lesson-197-understanding-verbs-andare-v-venire/">andare</a> a trovare</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Note the placement of the object pronoun &#8212; it generally attaches to the infinitive, trovare. Let&#8217;s look at some examples:</p>
<blockquote><p>Marta: Ho parlato con Luigi! È molto ansioso!<br />
<em>Marta: I spoke with Luigi. He&#8217;s very anxious! </em></p>
<p>Roberto: La madre di Luigi <strong>andrà </strong>presto <strong>a trovarlo</strong>?<br />
<em>Robert: Luigi&#8217;s mom is visiting him soon? </em></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>Marta: Che fai questa estate?<br />
<em>Marta: What are you doing this summer? </em></p>
<p>Roberto: <strong>Vado a trovare</strong> Luigi. Passa un&#8217;estate a Barcellona, e mi ha invitato a passare l&#8217;estate con lui.<br />
<em>Roberto: I&#8217;m going to visit Luigi. He&#8217;s spending a summer in Barcelona, and he invited me to spend the summer with him. </em></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>Marta: Dov&#8217;è andato Marco?<br />
<em>Marta: Where did Marco go? </em></p>
<p>Roberto: Marco è<strong> andato a trovare</strong> Luisa. Ha deciso di andare perché non è mai stato a Palermo.<br />
<em>Roberto: Marco visited Luisa. He decided to go because he has never been to Palermo.</em></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>Marta: Non ci vediamo più.<br />
<em>Marta: We do not see each other any more.</em></p>
<p>Roberto: <strong>Vieni a trovarmi</strong>! Mi manchi!<br />
<em>Roberto: Visit me! I miss you!</em></p></blockquote>
<p><strong>Downloads</strong>:<br />
Download a pdf version of this lesson by <a href="http://italian.engagedthinking.com/lessons/Lesson_194.pdf">clicking here</a>.</p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/DMieBXry2H5NKzXZbpsw0rvua-w/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/DMieBXry2H5NKzXZbpsw0rvua-w/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/DMieBXry2H5NKzXZbpsw0rvua-w/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/DMieBXry2H5NKzXZbpsw0rvua-w/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/k_1RjjbD024" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2011/04/28/lesson-194-understanding-verbs-visitare-v-andarevenire-a-trovare-qualcuno/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2011/04/28/lesson-194-understanding-verbs-visitare-v-andarevenire-a-trovare-qualcuno/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#209: Direct and Indirect Speech | Discorso diretto e indiretto</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/OZCv_tGu9yk/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2011/04/23/209-direct-and-indirect-speech-discorso-diretto-e-indiretto/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 23 Apr 2011 09:00:11 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[discorso diretto]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[discorso indiretto]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[indirect speech]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=1037</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Direct and indirect speech can be confusing in Italian, and I hope that this explanation will not only clear up some of your confusion but also make you a better speaker and writer of Italian. The discorso indiretto is often introduced by the following verbs: dire, domandare, chiedere, rispondere, ordinare, esortare, pregare and many other verbs that [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Direct and indirect speech can be confusing in Italian, and I hope that this explanation will not only clear up some of your confusion but also make you a better speaker and writer of Italian. The <strong>discorso indiretto</strong> is often introduced by the following verbs: <strong>dire, domandare, chiedere, rispondere, ordinare, esortare, pregare</strong> and many other verbs that ask or tell.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s look at the differences between direct and indirect speech:</p>
<p>Direct speech (underlined) is that which is <em>actually</em> spoken by a particular person.  Remember that <strong>discorso diretto</strong> is made up of <strong>two parts</strong>:  the <strong>frase principale</strong> that introduces the direct speech and the direct speech, the part that is enclosed in the quotation marks:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Marco disse</strong>, &#8220;<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Non mi va di uscire stasera.</span>&#8220;<br />
<em>Marco said, &#8220;I don&#8217;t feel like going out tonight.&#8221;</em></p></blockquote>
<p><em> </em><em> </em>In the example above, the words in the quotation marks are those <span style="text-decoration: underline;"><em>actually spoken</em></span> by Marco and is the <strong>direct speech </strong>(<strong>discorso diretto</strong>).  This is what we call <strong>direct speech</strong> or <strong>discorso diretto</strong>.</p>
<p>Indirect speech is where the words of another are <em>reported </em>by others, for example:</p>
<blockquote><p>Marco disse che non gli andava di uscire stasera.<br />
<em>Marco said he didn&#8217;t feel like going out tonight.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>Do you see the difference?  In example #1, we know that it is Marco who is expressing his desire to stay home because of the words he expresses within the quotation marks.  In example #2, we know that Marco is expressing his desire to stay home because it is being reported by another &#8212; in other words, <strong>discorso indiretto</strong>!</p>
<h3><strong>Discorso indiretto with interrogatives</strong></h3>
<p>The <strong>discorso indiretto</strong> has a few caveats with interrogative sentences.  If the <strong>discorso diretto</strong> is in the form of a question, and the answer to that question could be either <em>yes</em> or <em>no</em>, then the conjunction, <strong>se</strong>, is used:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>diretto: </strong>Marcello mi ha chiesto: &#8220;<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Vuoi andare al cinema</span>?&#8221;</p>
<p><strong>indiretto: </strong>Marcello mi ha chiesto se <strong>voglio</strong> andare al cinema.</p></blockquote>
<p>The same interrogative transfers over in the <strong>discorso indiretto</strong>:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>diretto</strong>: Annalisa mi ha domandato:  &#8221;<span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Quando</strong> vai al cinema?</span>&#8220;</p>
<p><strong>indiretto</strong>:  Annalisa mi ha domandato <strong>quando</strong> vado al cinema.</p></blockquote>
<h3><strong>Change of tenses in the <em>discorso indiretto</em></strong></h3>
<p>The confusing part is how the tenses are used.  Let&#8217;s study the rules below:</p>
<p>- The tenses remain unchanged when the <strong>frase principale </strong>(<em>principal phrase</em>) is in the <strong>presente</strong> or <strong>passato prossimo </strong>if the passato prossimo refers to an event in the <strong>recent past </strong>(<em>He says, He just said</em>):</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>diretto: </strong>Marco <strong>dice</strong>, &#8220;<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Per avere successo in vita devo sempre studiare</span>.&#8221;</p>
<p><strong>indiretto</strong>: Marco dice che per avere successo in vita <strong>deve</strong> sempre studiare.</p>
<p><strong>diretto: </strong>Marco <strong>ha appena detto</strong>, &#8220;<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Per avere successo in vita devo sempre studiare</span>.&#8221;</p>
<p><strong>indiretto</strong>: Marco ha appena detto che per avere successo in vita <strong>deve</strong> sempre studiare.</p></blockquote>
<p>- <span style="text-decoration: underline;">If the direct speech is introduced by passato remoto or the presente storico</span> (<em>Marco disse, &#8220;&#8230;&#8221; )</em>, then the present tense of the direct speech (underlined) becomes the imperfetto:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>diretto: </strong>Marco <strong>disse</strong>, &#8220;<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Non mi va di uscire oggi</span>.&#8221;</p>
<p><strong>indiretto</strong>: Marco disse che <strong>non gli andava di uscire </strong>in quel giorno.</p></blockquote>
<p>- When the direct speech is in the passato prossimo or the passato remoto, then the trapassato prossimo is used:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>diretto</strong>: Matteo mi disse, &#8220;<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Non sono uscito ieri notte</span>.&#8221;</p>
<p><strong>indiretto</strong>: Matteo mi ha detto che non <strong>era uscito</strong> ieri notte.</p></blockquote>
<p>- The <strong>imperfetto</strong> remains unchanged in indirect speech <strong>unless</strong> the action of the direct speech takes place before that of the the independent clause, in which case the <strong>trapassato prossimo </strong>or <strong>congiuntivo trapassato</strong> is used, depending on the verb (<strong>NB: some verbs may requires the subjunctive</strong>):</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>diretto: </strong>Marco mi disse, &#8220;<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Non uscivo ieri notte</span>.&#8221;</p>
<p><strong>indiretto</strong>: Marco mi disse che non <strong>usciva</strong> la notte prima.</p>
<p><strong>diretto: </strong>Marco mi consigliò: &#8220;<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Non uscivo ieri notte</span>.&#8221;</p>
<p><strong>indiretto</strong>: Marco mi consigliò che non <strong>avesse uscito</strong> la notte prima.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
<p>- The <strong>trapassato prossimo </strong>and the<strong> congiuntivo trapassato</strong> remain unchanged in indirect speech:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>diretto: </strong>Marco mi disse, &#8220;<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Non ero uscito ieri notte</span>.&#8221;</p>
<p><strong>indiretto</strong>: Marco mi disse che non <strong>era uscito</strong> ieri notte.</p></blockquote>
<p>- The <strong>futuro semplice</strong> of the direct speech becomes the <strong>condizionale passato </strong>in indirect speech:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>diretto</strong>: Marco disse, &#8220;<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Non andrò al cinema domani</span>.&#8221;</p>
<p><strong>indiretto</strong>: Marco disse che non <strong>sarebbe andato</strong> al cinema l&#8217;indomani.</p></blockquote>
<p>- The <strong>futuro anteriore</strong> of the direct speech becomes the <strong>congiuntivo trapassato</strong>:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>diretto</strong>: Marco disse, &#8220;<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Sarò andato al cinema prima che ritornerai</span>.&#8221;</p>
<p><strong>indiretto</strong>:  Marco disse che <strong>fosse andato</strong> al cinema prima che avresti ritornato.</p></blockquote>
<p>- If the direct speech is in the <strong>present </strong>or <strong>past subjunctive</strong>, then the indirect speech is expressed in the <strong>imperfetto </strong>or <strong>trapassato congiuntivo:</strong></p>
<blockquote><p><strong>diretto</strong>: Marco disse, &#8220;<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Sono contento che tu venga al cinema con noi</span>!&#8221;</p>
<p><strong>indiretto</strong>: Marco disse che era contento che <strong>tu venissi</strong> al cinema con noi!&#8221;</p>
<p><strong>diretto: </strong>Marco disse, &#8220;<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Sono contento che tu sia venuto al cinema con noi</span>!&#8221;</p>
<p><strong>indiretto: </strong>Marco disse che era contento che <strong>tu fossi venuto</strong> con noi!&#8221;</p></blockquote>
<p>The chart below outlines the change of tenses and may serve as a quick reference when you&#8217;re unsure:</p>
<p><a href="http://ilgur.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/dir_indir_speech1.png"><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-1077" title="Direct to Indirect Speech when the frase principale is in the less recent past" src="http://ilgur.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/dir_indir_speech1.png" alt="Direct to Indirect Speech when the frase principale is in the less recent past" width="509" height="582" /></a></p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/BPahQGVwF5_-8s7nVHr8zWcDt7U/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/BPahQGVwF5_-8s7nVHr8zWcDt7U/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/BPahQGVwF5_-8s7nVHr8zWcDt7U/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/BPahQGVwF5_-8s7nVHr8zWcDt7U/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/OZCv_tGu9yk" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2011/04/23/209-direct-and-indirect-speech-discorso-diretto-e-indiretto/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2011/04/23/209-direct-and-indirect-speech-discorso-diretto-e-indiretto/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#208: When to use the imperative | Quando usare l’imperativo</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/qaOy6yQNuIQ/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2011/04/02/lesson-208-when-to-use-the-imperative-quando-usare-limperativo/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 02 Apr 2011 18:21:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[imperative/imperativo]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=13</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Using the imperative (see Lesson 144 on how to form the imperative) is not simply about commanding others or ordering them about. In Italian, it is more versatile than in English. In Italian, the imperative is not necessarily rude, whereas in English, using the imperative would be considered rude without first using words like Please or [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Using <a href="http://ilgur.com/2008/06/17/lesson-144-imperative-imperativo/">the imperative</a> (<a href="http://ilgur.com/2008/06/17/lesson-144-imperative-imperativo/">see Lesson 144</a> on how to form the imperative) is not simply about commanding others or ordering them about. In Italian, it is more versatile than in English. In Italian, the imperative is not necessarily rude, whereas in English, using the imperative would be considered rude without first using words like <em>Please</em> or <em>Thank you </em>which alert to receiver of the command that your <em>request</em> is a polite one.</p>
<p>In all of the examples below, they could be re-written without using the imperative. The imperative, though, adds a sense of urgency and immediacy to your Italian and makes your phrases stronger without necessarily making them sound rude or discourteous.</p>
<p>At cafes and bars, you will often hear the baristas and waiters/waitresses use commands such as <strong>Mi dica</strong> (literally: <em>Tell me</em>, but is not as abrasive as in English, and means <em>What would you like?</em>) or <strong>Senta</strong> (literally: <em>Listen</em>, but in some contexts it is a polite way of getting someone&#8217;s attention or alerting them that you are about to impart to them some important information).</p>
<p>In Italian, <a href="http://ilgur.com/2008/06/17/lesson-144-imperative-imperativo/">the imperative</a> can be used in the following situations. Remember to use the correct form &#8212; formal or informal &#8212; depending upon the situation and context:</p>
<h4>to give permission</h4>
<blockquote><p>Mamma, posso prendere un biscotto adesso?</p>
<p>Sì, Giuseppe,<strong> mangiane</strong> solo uno!</p></blockquote>
<h4>to give a command or an order</h4>
<blockquote><p>Alla dogana il funzionario americano ordinò, &#8220;Signori, <strong>firmino</strong> il modulo con il nome completo.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
<h4>to get someone&#8217;s attention</h4>
<blockquote><p>Guido sta camminando per la strada quando vede che un estraneo che fa cadere il suo portafoglio. &#8220;<strong>Guardi</strong>, signore! L&#8217;è caduto il tuo portafoglio!&#8221; esclamò Guido.</p></blockquote>
<h4>to relay instructions or directions</h4>
<blockquote><p>Mariella: &#8220;Maria, come preparo questa zuppa?&#8221;<br />
Maria: &#8220;Prima, <strong>riempi</strong> la pentola con l&#8217;acqua, <strong>aggiungi </strong>il sale, e <strong>lascia</strong> bollire&#8230;&#8221;</p></blockquote>
<h4>to advise</h4>
<blockquote><p>Marco: &#8220;Giacomo, sono sempre stanco. Cosa posso fare per dormire meglio?&#8221;<br />
Giacomo: &#8220;<strong>Non andare a letto</strong> alle 3 di mattina e <strong>non alzarti</strong> alle 6!&#8221;</p></blockquote>
<p>Try to incorporate the imperative in your conversation, and do not be afraid to use it with strangers, remembering to use formal commands with people you do not know!  Many avoid using it, but it can be a simple way of making a request, especially when you&#8217;re at a bar trying to order a coffee, asking for more towels at your hotel and what not!</p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/prwlEqE9KHRKoAC-Rr8qkUS4Dzo/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/prwlEqE9KHRKoAC-Rr8qkUS4Dzo/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/prwlEqE9KHRKoAC-Rr8qkUS4Dzo/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/prwlEqE9KHRKoAC-Rr8qkUS4Dzo/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/qaOy6yQNuIQ" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2011/04/02/lesson-208-when-to-use-the-imperative-quando-usare-limperativo/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2011/04/02/lesson-208-when-to-use-the-imperative-quando-usare-limperativo/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#207: Verbi fraseologici | Phraseological verbs</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/3Z6qHU3vse8/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2011/02/14/207-verbi-fraseologici-phraseological-verbs/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 14 Feb 2011 15:43:39 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[verbi fraseologici/phrasal verbs]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=935</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Please note that I will add more examples as time permits!  Thanks for your patience! In Italian, there is a group of verbs known as verbi fraseoligici or phraseological verbs.  These verbs combine with infinitives or gerunds to form a unique verb predicate that differs in function from the verb when used on its own.  [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>Please note that I will add more examples as time permits!  Thanks for your patience! <img src='http://ilgur.com/wp-includes/images/smilies/icon_smile.gif' alt=':)' class='wp-smiley' /> </em></p>
<p>In Italian, there is a group of verbs known as <strong>verbi fraseoligici</strong> or <em>phraseological verbs</em>.  These verbs combine with infinitives or gerunds to form a unique <em>verb</em> <em>predicate </em>that differs in function from the verb when used on its own.  Let&#8217;s look at the differences with the verb, <strong>finire</strong>:</p>
<blockquote><p>Marco <strong>ha finito</strong> il libro perché deve leggere due altri libri.</p>
<p><em>Marco finished the book because he has to read two other books.<br />
</em></p></blockquote>
<p>In the example above, we can infer that Marco has completed his task of reading the book.  However, if we say:</p>
<blockquote><p>Marco <strong>ha finito di leggere</strong> il libro perché vuole mangiare qualcosa..</p>
<p><em>Marco has finished/stopped reading the book because he wants to eat something.<br />
</em></p></blockquote>
<p>We cannot say for certain that the book is finished (perhaps he has another couple of chapters to go?), only that, for the moment, he has stopped reading because he wants to do something else.  He maybe pick up the book again later.  This nuance is important to understanding the difference between the verb used on its to that of the <strong>phraseological</strong> version.  You can see this nuance with other verbs &#8212; let&#8217;s look at <strong>stare per + infinitive</strong>:</p>
<blockquote><p>Scusa, non posso parlare adesso.  <strong>Sto per uscire</strong> con i miei amici perché vogliamo vedere il nuovo film di Tom Cruise, e comincia fra poco.</p>
<p><em>Excuse me, I can&#8217;t talk now.  I am about to go out with my friends because we want to see the new Tom Cruise film, and it starts soon.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>In the example above, <em>my departure</em> (to go and meet my friends) is imminent, and it&#8217;s evident that I&#8217;m on my way out the door.  But if I say:</p>
<blockquote><p>Scusa, non posso parlare adesso.  <strong>Esco</strong> con i miei amici perché vogliamo vedere il nuovo film di Tom Cruise, e comincia fra poco.</p>
<p><em>Excuse me, I can&#8217;t talk now.  I am going out with my friends because we want to see the new Tom Cruise film, and it starts soon.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>In the example without <strong>stare per</strong>, there is no imminent departure (although it is possible that I am heading out the door), only the idea that I am going out with my friends.  These verb/infinitive (or verb/gerundio) couplings help clarify how actions are unfolding.</p>
<p><strong>I verbi fraseologici</strong> are divided into five categories:</p>
<ul>
<li>progressive actions (that is, actions that are already under way)</li>
<li>imminent actions (actions that are about to take place but have not yet begun)</li>
<li>the start of an action (an action that has started but is not in a state of continuation)</li>
<li>the continuation of an action (an action that will keep happening/taking place)</li>
<li>the end of an action</li>
</ul>
<h3>Progressive actions</h3>
<p>Progressive actions are pretty straightforward &#8212; they indicate actions which are happening <em>now </em>(or, in past tenses, an action that was <em>happening </em>at that point in time).  In Italian these are conveyed using <strong>stare + gerundio</strong>.  In some parts of Italy, <strong>stare a + infinito</strong> is also used, although this form is very dialectical and should be avoided in standard Italian (although you will hear it often in the south of Italy):</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Sto guardando</strong> la nuova puntata di Annozero.  Ti chiamo più tardi?</p>
<p><em>I am watching the new episode of Annozero.  I&#8217;ll call you later?</em></p></blockquote>
<p>Progressive actions can also be expressed with <strong>andare</strong> and <strong>venire</strong> + <strong>gerundio</strong> when you want to express an action that repeats, is frequent or to signal more intensity/importance to that action:</p>
<blockquote><p>Marco <strong>va spiegando</strong> agli studenti la lezione.</p>
<p><em>Marci is explaining the lesson (repeatedly) to the students.</em></p></blockquote>
<h3>Imminent actions</h3>
<p>An imminent action is one that is about to commence or take place and can be expressed in Italian with the following expressions:</p>
<p><a href="http://paroladelgiorno.com/2011/02/15/essereliliperplusinfinitive/"><strong>essere lì</strong><strong> lì</strong></a><strong><a href="http://paroladelgiorno.com/2011/02/15/essereliliperplusinfinitive/"> per + infinito</a> |</strong><em> to be on the verge of doing something</em></p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Ero lì lì per chiamare</strong> Maria quando ha squillato il mio telefonino!  Che sorpesa!  Era proprio Maria!</p>
<p><em>I was on the verge of calling Maria when my mobile rang!  What a surprise!  It was Maria calling!</em></p></blockquote>
<p><strong>stare per + infinito | </strong><em>to be about to do something</em><strong><br />
</strong></p>
<p><strong>accingersi a + infinito | </strong><em>to prepare to do something<br />
</em></p>
<p><strong>prepararsi a + infinito </strong>| <em>to get ready to do something</em></p>
<h3>Start of an action</h3>
<p>The start of an action is one that has just begun, but one that has not yet progressed too far.  In Italian, the following expressions can be used:</p>
<p><strong>cominciare a + infinito | </strong><em>to start to do something<br />
</em></p>
<p><strong>iniziare a + infinito | </strong><em>to begin to, to start to do something</em></p>
<blockquote><p>Peccato che <strong>inizi a piovere</strong>!  Volevo giocare a tennis con Marco ma è impossibile giocare quando il campo da tennis è bagnato.</p>
<p><em>It&#8217;s a pity that it is starting to rain!  I wanted to play tennis with Marco but it is not possible to play when the tennis court is wet.</em></p></blockquote>
<p><strong>mettersi a + infinito </strong>| <em>to take up something<br />
</em></p>
<p><strong>darsi a + infinito</strong> | <em>to take to doing something</em></p>
<p><strong>prendere a + infinito</strong> | <em>to start doing something</em></p>
<h3>Continuation of an action</h3>
<p>The continuation of an action is one that has begun and will keep going.  In Italian, this can be expressed with the following:</p>
<p><strong>continuare a + infinito | </strong><em>to continue to do something<br />
</em></p>
<p><strong>andare avanti a + infinito | </strong><em>to keep doing something</em></p>
<p><strong>seguitare a + infinito </strong>| <em>to keep on doing something</em></p>
<p><strong>ostinarsi a + infinito </strong>| <em>to persist in doing something</em></p>
<h3>End of an action</h3>
<p>These verbs convey that an action has ended.  Notice in the verbs below the use of the pronoun, <strong>la</strong> &#8212; when the verbs are used with the <strong>la</strong> they are more colloquial in nature and adds more emphasis, urgency and insistence to the phrase:</p>
<p><strong><a href="http://ilgur.com/2007/01/29/lesson-92-understanding-verbs-fermare-fermarsi-and-smettere-di/">smettere/smetterla di + infinito</a> </strong>| <em>to stop doing something (<span style="text-decoration: underline;">forever)</span></em><em><br />
</em></p>
<p><strong>finire/finirla di + infinito | </strong><em>to finish doing something (<span style="text-decoration: underline;">for the moment</span></em>)</p>
<p><strong>piantar(la) di + infinito | </strong><em>to stop doing something</em></p>
<blockquote><p>Annalisa, <strong>piantala di</strong> dare fastidio a tuo fratello! Vai in camera tua e lascialo studiare!</p>
<p>Annalisa, <em>stop bothering your brother!  Go to your room and let him study!</em></p></blockquote>
<p>When the pronominal versions of the verb are used, <strong>avere</strong> is used in compound tenses, and the past participle agrees with the pronoun, <strong>la</strong>.<br />
<em></em></p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/4KlWcVqxfD4SUIUquS5RVtfNKYY/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/4KlWcVqxfD4SUIUquS5RVtfNKYY/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/4KlWcVqxfD4SUIUquS5RVtfNKYY/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/4KlWcVqxfD4SUIUquS5RVtfNKYY/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/3Z6qHU3vse8" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2011/02/14/207-verbi-fraseologici-phraseological-verbs/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>10</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2011/02/14/207-verbi-fraseologici-phraseological-verbs/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Check out “A spasso con l’italiano”</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/S-iBb6-2Tfo/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2011/02/07/check-out-a-spasso-con-litaliano/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 07 Feb 2011 13:53:21 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[News and Updates]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=925</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Marcello and I have started a new site called A spasso con l&#8217;italiano!  Each week we&#8217;ll post a question about Italy, current events, or some other topic, and we invite you to respond in Italian by leaving a comment on the blog.  It doesn&#8217;t have to be a long response &#8211; you can write just [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Marcello and I have started a new site called <em><a href="http://aspassoconlitaliano.com">A spasso con l&#8217;italiano</a></em>!  Each week we&#8217;ll post a question about Italy, current events, or some other topic, and we invite you to respond in Italian by leaving a comment on the blog.  It doesn&#8217;t have to be a long response &#8211; you can write just a few sentences or, if you feel comfortable, a few hundred words. The goal is to practice writing in Italian and improving your Italian!</p>
<p>Marcello and I will respond to your comments and will leave corrections and tips for improving your writing!</p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/ZFhqbP7WZz4Bs2e1zZf-nuGKefo/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/ZFhqbP7WZz4Bs2e1zZf-nuGKefo/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/ZFhqbP7WZz4Bs2e1zZf-nuGKefo/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/ZFhqbP7WZz4Bs2e1zZf-nuGKefo/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/S-iBb6-2Tfo" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2011/02/07/check-out-a-spasso-con-litaliano/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>6</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2011/02/07/check-out-a-spasso-con-litaliano/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#001: Understanding gender and number in Italian (I)</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/KlRrtPFmpxQ/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2011/01/22/00-understanding-gender-and-number-in-italian-i/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 22 Jan 2011 18:54:16 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[gender & number]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=886</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Nouns in Italian have a gender and a number: they are either masculine or feminine (maschile o femminile) or singular or plural (singolare o plurale).  Common nouns, or nomi comuni, are nouns that debscribe people, animals and things and are always start with a lowercase consonant or vowel. For example: il bicchiere &#124; cup lo [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Nouns in Italian have a gender and a number: they are either <strong>masculine</strong> or <strong>feminine</strong> (<strong>maschile</strong> o <strong>femminile</strong>) or <strong>singular </strong>or <strong>plural</strong> (<strong>singolare</strong> o <strong>plurale</strong>).  Common nouns, or <strong>nomi comuni</strong>, are nouns that debscribe people, animals and things and are always start with a lowercase consonant or vowel.</p>
<p>For example:</p>
<blockquote><p>il bicchiere | <em>cup</em></p>
<p>lo studente | <em>student</em></p>
<p>la macchina |<em> car</em></p>
<p>l&#8217;ambiente | <em>environment</em></p>
<p>l&#8217;emozione | <em>emotion</em></p></blockquote>
<p>Gender and number of nouns in Italian can usually be identified by the final vowel. Let&#8217;s look at the word, <strong>bambino</strong>:</p>
<blockquote><p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">bambin</span><strong>o -&gt; masculine, singular<br />
</strong></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">bambin</span><strong>a -&gt; feminine, singular<br />
</strong></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">bambin</span><strong>i -&gt; masculine, plural<br />
</strong></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">bambin</span><strong>e -&gt; feminine, plural<br />
</strong></p></blockquote>
<p>As you can see, the final vowel tells us the gender and the number.  In Italian:</p>
<p>- nouns that end in <strong>-o</strong> are generally <strong>masculine:</strong></p>
<blockquote><p>il burr<strong>o</strong>, il ragazz<strong>o</strong>, il libr<strong>o</strong></p></blockquote>
<p>- nouns that end in <strong>-a</strong> are generally <strong>feminine</strong>:</p>
<blockquote><p>la mel<strong>a</strong>, la ragazz<strong>a</strong>, la pesc<strong>a</strong></p></blockquote>
<p>- almost all nouns that end in <strong>-i</strong> are <strong>feminine</strong> (<a href="http://ilgur.com/2007/01/06/italian-nouns-of-greek-origin/">these are of Greek origin</a>):</p>
<blockquote><p>la cris<strong>i</strong>, l&#8217;analis<strong>i</strong>, la tes<strong>i</strong></p></blockquote>
<p>- nouns that end in <strong>-amma</strong> or <strong>-ema</strong>, <a href="http://ilgur.com/2007/01/06/italian-nouns-of-greek-origin/">also of Greek origin</a>, are <strong>masculine:</strong></p>
<blockquote><p>il progr<strong>amma</strong>, il probl<strong>ema</strong>, il t<strong>ema</strong>, il sist<strong>ema</strong></p></blockquote>
<p>- nouns that end in <strong>-tà </strong>and almost all nouns that end in -<strong>ù</strong> are feminine:</p>
<blockquote><p>la carit<strong>à</strong>, la citt<strong>à</strong>, la trib<strong>ù</strong>, la giovent<strong>ù</strong></p></blockquote>
<p>- nouns that end in <strong>-e</strong> can be the most perplexing, as their gender can be either <strong>masculine</strong> or <strong>feminine </strong>- if you are in doubt, consult the dictionary or check to see which <a href="http://ilgur.com/2010/02/19/lesson-004-definite-article-larticolo-determinativo/">definite article</a> or <a href="http://ilgur.com/2008/05/15/lesson-76-articulated-prepositions-preposizioni-articolate-also-known-as-prepositional-articles/">articulated preposition</a> is used:</p>
<blockquote><p>la voc<strong>e</strong>, la carn<strong>e</strong>, il dolc<strong>e</strong>, il latt<strong>e</strong></p></blockquote>
<p>- nouns that end in <strong>-ione</strong> are generally feminine (but <strong>il maglione</strong>):</p>
<blockquote><p>la formaz<strong>ione</strong>, la staz<strong>ione</strong>, l&#8217;abitaz<strong>ione, </strong>la press<strong>ione</strong>, la decis<strong>ione</strong></p></blockquote>
<h4>The plural of Italian nouns follows these rules:</h4>
<p>- nouns that end in <strong>-o</strong> change to <strong>-i</strong>:</p>
<blockquote><p>il bambin<strong>o</strong> -&gt; i bambin<strong>i</strong></p>
<p>il libr<strong>o</strong> -&gt; i libr<strong>i</strong></p></blockquote>
<p>- nouns that end in <strong>-a</strong> change to <strong>-e</strong>, <em>unless</em> nouns is <strong>masculine </strong>(as is common with many nouns that denote profession or are of Greek origin):</p>
<blockquote><p>la ragazz<strong>a</strong> -&gt; le ragazz<strong>e</strong></p>
<p>il colleg<strong>a</strong> -&gt; i collegh<strong>i</strong></p>
<p>il progr<strong>amma</strong> -&gt; i programm<strong>i</strong></p></blockquote>
<p>- Remember that the noun, <strong>la mano</strong>, even though it is feminine, ends in <strong>-i</strong>:</p>
<blockquote><p>la man<strong>o</strong> -&gt; le man<strong>i</strong></p></blockquote>
<p>- Nouns (<strong>masculine and feminine</strong>) that end in <strong>-e</strong> become <strong>-i:</strong></p>
<blockquote><p>lo student<strong>e</strong> -&gt; gli student<strong>i</strong></p>
<p>la voc<strong>e</strong> -&gt; le voc<strong>i</strong></p>
<p>il dolc<strong>e</strong> -&gt; i dolc<strong>i</strong></p></blockquote>
<p>- Nouns that end in consonants (typically words borrowed from other languages) or accented vowels are generally<a href="http://ilgur.com/2008/10/01/lesson-14-invariable-nouns-and-adjectives/"> invariable</a> and have the same form in the singular and plural:</p>
<blockquote><p>il caff<strong>è</strong> -&gt; i caff<strong>è</strong></p>
<p>la citt<strong>à</strong> -&gt; le citt<strong>à</strong></p>
<p>il fil<strong>m</strong> -&gt; i fil<strong>m</strong></p></blockquote>
<p><strong>- </strong>Abbreviated feminine nouns also have the same form in the singular and plural:</p>
<blockquote><p>l&#8217;aut<strong>o</strong> -&gt; le aut<strong>o</strong></p>
<p>la bic<strong>i</strong> -&gt; le bic<strong>i</strong></p></blockquote>
<p style="text-align: center;"><em>This is a series of posts on gender and number.  Part II will go into some more of the complexities &#8212; if you feel that we have left something important out, please leave a comment.</em><strong><br />
</strong></p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/X8jhzdXamf7f343KwBUOV7_bPak/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/X8jhzdXamf7f343KwBUOV7_bPak/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/X8jhzdXamf7f343KwBUOV7_bPak/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/X8jhzdXamf7f343KwBUOV7_bPak/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/KlRrtPFmpxQ" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2011/01/22/00-understanding-gender-and-number-in-italian-i/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2011/01/22/00-understanding-gender-and-number-in-italian-i/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#206: Omitting the definite article in Italian</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/s0NODunDIxY/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2011/01/17/lesson-206-omitting-the-definite-article-in-italian/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 18 Jan 2011 01:54:37 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[definite article/articolo determinativo]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=818</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[A confusing aspect of Italian grammar for many students is when to use and when not to use the definite article in Italian. This topic has been covered previously on this site: General rules: http://ilgur.com/2010/02/19/lesson-004-definite-article-larticolo-determinativo Use of the article with people: http://ilgur.com/2008/09/04/lesson-160-use-of-the-definite-article-with-people Use of the article with geography: http://ilgur.com/2008/08/06/lesson-158-using-the-definite-article-with-geography Additional rules: http://ilgur.com/2006/11/30/lesson-70-more-on-the-definite-article-larticolo-definito Below are some [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A confusing aspect of Italian grammar for many students is when to use and when not to use the definite article in Italian.  This topic has been covered previously on this site:</p>
<ul>
<li>General rules: <a href="http://ilgur.com/2010/02/19/lesson-004-definite-article-larticolo-determinativo">http://ilgur.com/2010/02/19/lesson-004-definite-article-larticolo-determinativo</a></li>
<li>Use of the article with people: <a href="http://ilgur.com/2008/09/04/lesson-160-use-of-the-definite-article-with-people">http://ilgur.com/2008/09/04/lesson-160-use-of-the-definite-article-with-people</a></li>
<li>Use of the article with geography: <a href="http://ilgur.com/2008/08/06/lesson-158-using-the-definite-article-with-geography">http://ilgur.com/2008/08/06/lesson-158-using-the-definite-article-with-geography</a></li>
<li>Additional rules: <a href="http://ilgur.com/2006/11/30/lesson-70-more-on-the-definite-article-larticolo-definito">http://ilgur.com/2006/11/30/lesson-70-more-on-the-definite-article-larticolo-definito</a></li>
</ul>
<p>Below are some general rules on when the definite article is omitted in Italian:</p>
<p>- The article is generally omitted when nouns are used adverbially, such as in prepositional phrases: <strong></strong></p>
<blockquote><p><strong>in fretta </strong>|<strong> </strong><em>in a hurry</em><br />
<strong>in comune </strong>|<strong> </strong><em>in common</em><br />
<strong><a href="http://paroladelgiorno.com/2010/12/24/ababbomorto/">a babbo morto</a> </strong><br />
<strong>in manette</strong> |<strong> </strong><em>in handcuffs</em><br />
<strong>di sera </strong>|<strong> </strong><em> in the evening</em><br />
<strong>di notte</strong> | <em>at night</em><br />
<strong>senza zucchero</strong> | <em>sugarless</em></p></blockquote>
<p>- Often the article omitted with verb + noun expressions, such as:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>avere fame</strong> | <em>to be hungry</em><br />
<strong>prendere freddo </strong>|<strong><em> </em></strong><em>to catch a chill</em><br />
<strong>fare freddo</strong> | <em>to be cold (outside)</em><br />
<strong>cambiare casa</strong> | <em>to move (house)</em></p></blockquote>
<p>- In many idiomatic expressions, the definite article is left out:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>salvare capra e cavoli</strong> | <em>to have it both ways</em><br />
<strong>fare piedino</strong> | <em>to play footsie</em><br />
<a href="http://paroladelgiorno.com/2010/01/15/rendere-pan-per-focaccia/"><strong>rendere pan per focaccia</strong></a> | <em>to give tit for tat</em></p></blockquote>
<p>- When the preposition, <strong>di</strong>, is followed by a material, the article is not used: <strong></strong></p>
<blockquote><p><strong>di legno</strong><strong><br />
d&#8217;oro</strong><br />
<strong>di cotone</strong></p></blockquote>
<p>- In expressions that use the preposition, <strong>da, </strong>the definite article is omitted: <strong></strong></p>
<blockquote><p><strong>vaso da notte </strong>|<strong> </strong><em>chamber pot</em><strong><br />
biglietto da dollaro</strong> | <em>dollar bill</em><br />
<strong>nano da giardino</strong> | <em>garden gnome</em><br />
<strong>carte da gioco</strong> | <em>playing cards</em></p></blockquote>
<p>- You&#8217;ll see articles omitted in newspaper headlines, advertisements and classifieds; this is done, presumably, to save space and to make headlines and ads shorter for our shorter attention spans; recently on <em>La Nuova Sardegna, </em>the following headline was posted: <a href="http://lanuovasardegna.gelocal.it/dettaglio/platamona-rivolta-contro-la-marea-nera:-emergenza-sottovalutata/3199885">&#8220;Marea nera lungo le coste della Sardegna&#8221;</a> | <em>Black tide along the coast of Sardinia</em></p>
<p>- The definite article is omitted with <strong>interrogative adjectives (or determiners)</strong>, <strong>indefinite adjectives, </strong>and <strong>demonstratives</strong>:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Che</strong> macchina vuoi comprare?</p>
<p><em>What car do you want to buy?</em></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>Non voglio <strong>questa</strong> casa!</p>
<p><em>I don&#8217;t want this house!</em></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p><strong>Quella</strong> roba costa troppo!</p>
<p><em>That thing costs too much.</em></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>Domani compro <strong>qualche</strong> francobollo.</p>
<p><em>Tomorrow I am buying some stamps.</em></p></blockquote>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/2iupyyCZWlg-yP8t1y7h-sMcbI0/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/2iupyyCZWlg-yP8t1y7h-sMcbI0/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/2iupyyCZWlg-yP8t1y7h-sMcbI0/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/2iupyyCZWlg-yP8t1y7h-sMcbI0/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/s0NODunDIxY" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2011/01/17/lesson-206-omitting-the-definite-article-in-italian/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2011/01/17/lesson-206-omitting-the-definite-article-in-italian/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#204: Il si impersonale, il si passivante</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/tW7RsjAq1rA/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2010/08/24/lesson-204-il-si-impersonale-il-si-passivante/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 24 Aug 2010 05:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[si impersonale/si passivante]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=11</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In Italian, there is some confusion over the differences between si impersonale constructions and si passivante. The rules are pretty straightforward: Si impersonale constructions do not have complements, as seen in the examples below: Si vive bene in Italia. Si mangia veloce alla mensa. Si impersonale constructions always have the verb in the third person [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In Italian, there is some confusion over the differences between <strong>si impersonale</strong> constructions and <strong>si passivante</strong>.</p>
<p>The rules are pretty straightforward:</p>
<p>Si impersonale constructions do not have complements, as seen in the examples below:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Si vive</strong> bene in Italia.<br />
<strong>Si mangia</strong> veloce alla mensa.</p></blockquote>
<p><strong>Si impersonale</strong> constructions <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">always</span></strong> have the verb in the third person singular (see the examples above), but <strong>si passivante</strong> constructions have a direct object (un complemento diretto). If the noun is singular, then a verb in the third person singular is used. When the noun is plural, the verb in the third person plural is used:</p>
<blockquote><p>In Norvegia <strong>si spendono</strong> <span style="text-decoration: underline;">molti soldi</span>.  [<strong>plural</strong>]<br />
In America non <strong>si compra</strong> <span style="text-decoration: underline;">la pasta fresca</span>. [<strong>singular</strong>]</p></blockquote>
<p>Si passivante constructions are actually passive phrases. We can re-write the two phrases used above:</p>
<blockquote><p>In Norvegia <strong>vengono spesi</strong> molti soldi.<br />
In America <strong>non è comprata</strong> la pasta fresca.</p></blockquote>
<p>However, if the passive phrase contains an agent (da + noun/pronoun), then a si passivante construction cannot be used:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>INCORRECT</strong>: Si vendono solo le mele verdi dai supermercati.</p></blockquote>
<p>When you use reflexive verbs with il si impersonale, the reflexive <strong>si</strong> becomes <strong>ci</strong> in order to avoid the use of <strong>si si</strong>:</p>
<blockquote><p>Non <strong>ci si dimentica</strong>.<br />
<em>One does not forget.</em></p>
<p>Solo le mele verdi sono vendute <strong>dai supermercati</strong>.<br />
<em>Only green apples are sold by supermarkets.<br />
</em></p></blockquote>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/mk_yEe9gZgqyaXiBkSv0R1nvBQc/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/mk_yEe9gZgqyaXiBkSv0R1nvBQc/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/mk_yEe9gZgqyaXiBkSv0R1nvBQc/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/mk_yEe9gZgqyaXiBkSv0R1nvBQc/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/tW7RsjAq1rA" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2010/08/24/lesson-204-il-si-impersonale-il-si-passivante/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2010/08/24/lesson-204-il-si-impersonale-il-si-passivante/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#203: The noun, la notizia, in Italian | Il sostantivo, la notizia, in italiano</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/udAF3VmmKJI/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2010/05/04/lesson-203-the-noun-la-notizia-in-italian-il-sostantivo-la-notizia-in-italiano/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 04 May 2010 22:10:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[count/noncount nouns]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[downloadable lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[notizia]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=16</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Recently, on my other blog, PdG, I used the word, la notizia, as an example to show how its usage differed from that of its English translation. After I posted it, there was some confusion and discussion about this noun. In the lesson/post below, I just wanted to discuss the differences in English and Italian [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recently, on my other blog, <a href="http://paroladelgiorno.com">PdG</a>, <a href="http://paroladelgiorno.com/2010/05/04/la-notizia/">I used the word, la notizia</a>, as an example to show how its usage differed from that of its English translation. After I posted it, there was some confusion and discussion about this noun. In the lesson/post below, I just wanted to discuss the differences in English and Italian between this noun.</p>
<p>In English, <em>news</em> is a noncount noun, much like the nouns milk, water, air, etc.</p>
<p>In English, a noncount noun might refer to:</p>
<ol>
<li>a group or collection of certain things: <em>mail, equipment, machinery, furniture, makeup, money, change</em></li>
<li>an item made up of smaller parts that cannot be counted: <em>hair, sugar, rice, salt, sand, coffee, tea</em></li>
<li>an activity or abstraction that is comprised of other individual activities or attributes: <em>work, housework, homework, advice, information, news, music</em></li>
<li>certain liquids: w<em>ater, milk, soup, juice, coffee, tea</em></li>
<li>certain foods: <em>bread, meat, chicken, fish, cheese, cotton, wool, cooper, glass</em></li>
<li>some nouns relating to the environment: <em>air, land, oxygen, smoke, steam, wind, heat</em></li>
</ol>
<div>
<p>In English, the noun, <em>news</em>, is part of the &#8220;family&#8221; of noncount nouns that, while plural in its construction, is always used with verbs in the singular:</p>
<blockquote><p>The news that you gave <strong>surprises</strong> me.<br />
The news <strong>continues </strong>at 11:00 PM.</p></blockquote>
<p>In Italian, these types of nouns are called <strong>i nomi non numerabili</strong>, and many of the same nouns above are also non numerabili in Italian. However, in Italian, <strong>la notizia</strong> (which translates as &#8220;news&#8221; in English) is a <strong>nome numerabile</strong> and can be counted.</p>
<p>Often you will see the noun, <strong>la notizia</strong>, used in the plural with connection to the news reported by a newspaper or on television. It is often used in journalism to refer to many news stories in a specific category of news, such as <strong>ultime notizie</strong>, <strong>notizie sportive</strong>, <strong>notizie politiche</strong>, etc. In this context, it refers to not a specific story but a group of stories that make up a particular area or genre of journalism.</p>
</div>
<div>
<p>When le notizie is used (in or outside of journalism), it is used to indicate more than one story or more than one piece of news:</p>
<blockquote><p>Devo darti <strong>delle belle notizie</strong>: a maggio mi sposo e Arianna aspetta un bambino.</p>
<p><em> I have to tell you some wonderful news: in May I am getting married, and Arianna is expecting a baby.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>As you see in the example above,<strong> la notizia</strong> is used in the plural (<strong>le notizie</strong>), because there are two pieces of news: the impending wedding in May and the expectant Arianna. If the news being relayed was just one of those two, then the singular is used:</p>
<blockquote><p>Devo darti <strong>una notizia</strong> importante: a maggio mi sposo!</p>
<p><em> </em><em><em>I have to give you some important news: in May I am getting married.</em></em></p></blockquote>
<p>In Italian,<strong> la notizia</strong> is used to refer to a single, specific event, whereas the plural is used to describe multiple stories or events or when news is being used in a general journalistic sense with the implication that more than one story is involved.  Look at some other examples below:</p>
<blockquote><p>La caduta del governo Berlusconi è <strong>una notizia</strong> che mi rende felice! Finalmente!</p>
<p><em>The fall of the Berlusconi government is news that makes me happy! Finally!<br />
</em><br />
__</p>
<p>Non posso leggere <strong>le notizie</strong> su La Repubblica! La mia connessione alla rete non funziona!</p>
<p><em>I can&#8217;t read the news on La Repubblica. My internet connection is not working.</em></p>
<p><em> </em><em>__<br />
</em><br />
La giornalista, Lucia Annunziata, ha riportato <strong>la notizia</strong> della caduta del governo di centro-destra.</p>
<p><em>The journalist, Lucia Annunziata, reported the news of the fall of the center-right government.<br />
</em><br />
__</p>
<p>Oggi è morta la nonna di Federico ed è nato mio nipote. <strong>Due notizie</strong> così diverse eppure così importanti!</p>
<p><em>Today Federico&#8217;s grandmother died and my nephew was born.  Two pieces of news so different yet so important!</em></p></blockquote>
<p><strong><br />
</strong><br />
<strong>Downloads:</strong><br />
Download a pdf version of this lesson by clicking <a href="http://italian.engagedthinking.com/lessons/Lesson_203.pdf">here</a>.</p>
</div>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/MceVvgY1J8r2hEMEYMTwGjD3NxY/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/MceVvgY1J8r2hEMEYMTwGjD3NxY/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/MceVvgY1J8r2hEMEYMTwGjD3NxY/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/MceVvgY1J8r2hEMEYMTwGjD3NxY/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/udAF3VmmKJI" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2010/05/04/lesson-203-the-noun-la-notizia-in-italian-il-sostantivo-la-notizia-in-italiano/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>8</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2010/05/04/lesson-203-the-noun-la-notizia-in-italian-il-sostantivo-la-notizia-in-italiano/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#036: Partitives | I partitivi</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/b-tzZ5haXiQ/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2010/04/29/lesson-36-partitives-i-partitivi/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 29 Apr 2010 22:36:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[partitives/partitivi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[prepositions/preposizioni]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=19</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[An important grammar point to learn in Italian is the use of partitives (i partitivi). Partitives in Italian use the preposition, di, combined with the definite article (the same forms used for the prepositional articles), or, in some cases, alcuni/e, qualche or nessuno/a. In Italian grammar, the plural partitive could be considered the plural form [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>An important grammar point to learn in Italian is the use of <strong>partitives (i partitivi)</strong>. Partitives in Italian use <strong>the preposition, di</strong>, combined with the definite article (the same forms used for the prepositional articles), or, in some cases, alcuni/e, qualche or nessuno/a.</p>
<blockquote><p>In Italian grammar, the plural partitive could be considered the plural form of the indefinite article: un, una, un&#8217; and uno.</p></blockquote>
<p><strong>Partitive constructions are used to express an indeterminate parts of a whole</strong> (that is, you know it&#8217;s more than one but you don&#8217;t know exactly how many more): some milk (not the whole container), some pencils (not the entire case), some films (but not all of them), etc.</p>
<p><strong>The partitive is generally more common in the plural, although it is used in the singular with some nouns, specifically noncount nouns</strong> (della birra, del latte, della crema, del pane, del formaggio, del vino, del caffè, etc.)*.</p>
<p>Partitives generally translate as <em>some, some (of them), or any</em> (usually in questions or negative sentences but <strong>take care &#8212; <em>any</em> can be a tricky word to translate from English to Italian.<em></em></strong>) Partitives can be used with both count nouns (like books, pens, cars, etc.) or noncount nouns (such as things that cannot counted, are abstract, or are mainly in the singular &#8212; wine, cheese, barley, bread, beer, milk, etc.).In Italian, the partitive is used with articulated forms of the preposition, di:</p>
<blockquote><p>di + il = del</p>
<p>di + lo = dello</p>
<p>di + l&#8217; = dell&#8217;</p>
<p>di + i = dei</p>
<p>di + gli = degli</p>
<p>di + la = della</p>
<p>di + le = delle</p></blockquote>
<p>Here are some examples of the partitive used between count and noncount nouns:</p>
<blockquote><p>Mangiamo <strong>del pane</strong>. (noncount)</p>
<p><em>Let&#8217;s eat some bread</em>.</p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>Vuoi <strong>dei biscotti</strong>? (count)</p>
<p><em>Do you want some cookies</em>?</p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>Hai mangiato <strong>della pasta</strong>? (noncount)</p>
<p><em>Did you eat some pasta</em>?</p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>Vorrei <strong>dello zucchero</strong>, per favore. (noncount)</p>
<p><em>I would like some sugar, please</em>.</p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>Vendono <strong>delle mele deliziose</strong>! (count)</p>
<p><em>They are selling some delicious apples</em>!</p></blockquote>
<p><strong>Alcuni/alcune</strong> are used in the plural to denote the partitive.  The singular forms, <strong>alcuno/a</strong>, are often used only as a partitive construction in negative constructions (although, according to many sources, this usage is not common):</p>
<blockquote><p>Abbiamo comprato <strong>alcune carte</strong> per giocare a Poker.<br />
<em>We bought some cards in order to play Poker</em>.</p></blockquote>
<p>When listing a long list of partitives, they can often be left out for brevity, however it is not required:</p>
<blockquote><p>Hanno comprato <strong>degli alberi, dei fiori, e dei semi.<br />
</strong><em>They bought some trees, some flowers and some seeds</em>.</p></blockquote>
<p>or:</p>
<blockquote><p>Hanno comprato <strong>alberi, fiori e semi</strong>.</p></blockquote>
<p><strong>Qualche</strong> + singular noun has the meaning <em>Some + noun</em>.  It can also be used instead of the preposition, <strong>di</strong>, but only with singular nouns (although the meaning is plural):<strong></strong></p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Qualche professore</strong> dà troppi compiti.<em><br />
Some teachers give too much homework</em>.</p></blockquote>
<p>Partitives with the preposition, di, are not used in negative sentences:</p>
<blockquote><p>Non ho <strong>soldi</strong>.<em><br />
I don&#8217;t have any money</em>.</p></blockquote>
<p>Alcuno can be used to convey <em>any</em> in negative partitive constructions in order to avoid a double negative:</p>
<blockquote><p>Non ho <strong>alcun tempo</strong>.<em><br />
I don&#8217;t have any time.</em></p>
<p>Non state risparmiando <strong>alcuni soldi</strong>.<em><br />
You are not saving any money</em>.</p></blockquote>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Partitives are optional in questions</span>, with the definite article sometimes omitted:</p>
<blockquote><p>Vuoi <strong>dei dolci</strong>?<em><br />
Want some candies?</em></p>
<p>Vuoi <strong>(i) dolci</strong>?<em><br />
Want some candies?</em></p></blockquote>
<p><strong>Nessuno</strong> (and its variants: nessuna, nessun&#8217;, nessun) can be used in negative constructions, but, like qualche, they are used only with singular nouns although their meaning conveys the plural (notice how nessuno acts like the indefinite article):</p>
<blockquote><p>Giovanna compra <strong>dei biglietti</strong>.<br />
<em>Giovanna is buying some tickets</em>.</p>
<p>Giovanna non compra <strong>nessun biglietto</strong>.<em><br />
Giovanna is not buying any tickets</em>.</p></blockquote>
<p>The articulated preposition, di, is typically avoided when the partitive occurs within a prepositional phrase. Alcuni/alcune make an excellent substitute or simply use nothing at all:</p>
<blockquote><p>Siamo andati ad <strong>alcune feste</strong> durante il weekend.<br />
<em>We went to some parties during the weekend</em>.</p>
<p>Sono andato al cinema <strong>con amici</strong>.<br />
<em>I went to the cinema with (some) friends</em>.</p></blockquote>
<p>The partitive of del, dello, and della is avoided with emotions, feelings and sensations that cannot be quantified, such as paura, speranza, gioia:</p>
<blockquote><p>Ho paura!</p>
<p><em>not: </em>Non ho della paura.(<strong>incorrect</strong>)</p></blockquote>
<p>However, the partitive <strong>can be used</strong> with spirito, ingegno, buon senso and coraggio, to name a few.</p>
<h6>*Of particular note with noncount nouns (in Italian, they use the term nome massa) when preceded by an indefinite article (un, una, uno) indicate a particular kind, aspect or quality of that noun. Remember that a nome massa is a noun that indicates an single entity of something &#8212; it works the same in English for the most part, with nouns like sugar, bread, wine, cheese. For example, the word, riso, in Italian, means rice. As in English, if you want to talk about one piece of rice, you have to quantify and/or qualify: a grain of rice, un chicco di riso. If you want to talk about a specific kind of rice, say for it has a certain quality, taste or other notable aspect, then you would use the indefinite article (un, una, uno) to convey this, and not the partitive: un riso saporito.</h6>
<p>revised: 29 april 2010</p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/PosHmR5RAPjVj8J-kmlqCr7DjKM/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/PosHmR5RAPjVj8J-kmlqCr7DjKM/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/PosHmR5RAPjVj8J-kmlqCr7DjKM/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/PosHmR5RAPjVj8J-kmlqCr7DjKM/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/b-tzZ5haXiQ" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2010/04/29/lesson-36-partitives-i-partitivi/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2010/04/29/lesson-36-partitives-i-partitivi/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#202: Expressing “whose” in Italian |  Il, la, i, le cui o del/della/dei/delle quale/i</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/9CwQM9GHaoQ/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2010/04/23/lesson-202-expressing-whose-in-italian-il-la-i-le-cui-o-il-complemento-di-specificazione/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 23 Apr 2010 18:16:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cui]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[downloadable lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[genitive]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[relative pronouns/pronomi relativi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[whose]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=21</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Cui, as we have seen in a previous post, is a relative pronoun in Italian and is often combined with simple prepositions and can mean that, which, whom depending upon the context.  Cui can also means, whose: In Italian, the definite article + cui is used to form the genitive, or, in English, the relative [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://ilgur.com/2009/03/03/lesson-172-il-pronome-relativo-cui-the-relative-pronoun-cui/">Cui</a>, as we have seen in a <a href="http://ilgur.com/2009/03/03/lesson-172-il-pronome-relativo-cui-the-relative-pronoun-cui/">previous post</a>, is a relative pronoun in Italian and is often combined with simple prepositions and can mean <em>that</em>, <em>which</em>, <em>whom</em> depending upon the context.  <strong>Cui</strong> can also means, <em>whose</em>:</p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-style: normal;">In Italian, <strong>the definite article + cui</strong> is used to form the genitive, or, in English, the relative pronoun, </span>whose<span style="font-style: normal;">. </span></p></blockquote>
<p>Let&#8217;s look at some sentences in English where <em>whose</em> is used as a relative pronoun:</p>
<blockquote><p><em>Your brother, whose car never starts, wants to buy a new one next week.</em><br />
<em> John, whose daughter studies at La Spienza in Rome, also teaches there.<br />
I don&#8217;t want to go visit John, whose parents hate me!</em></p></blockquote>
<p>Now let&#8217;s translate the first example into Italian:</p>
<blockquote><p>Tuo fratello, <strong>la cui macchina</strong> non parte mai, vuole comprarne una la prossima settimana.</p></blockquote>
<p>Notice immediately how the definite article agrees with the noun that follows it and not with the antecedent (tuo fratello). <em>Whose</em> can also be formed with <strong>del quale, della quale, dei quali, delle quali</strong> since one of the preposition&#8217;s (di) roles is possession (la matita <strong>di</strong> Marco = Marco&#8217;s pencil). In the examples below, both methods will be shown.</p>
<p>In Italian, <em>whose </em>can be formed with: <strong> </strong></p>
<blockquote><p><strong>definite article + cui</strong> (agrees in gender and number with the thing/person possessed) <span style="color: #000000;"><strong> </strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;"><strong><span style="color: #000000;">il quale</span> </strong>(agrees in gender and number with the antecedent)</span></p></blockquote>
<p>When <a href="http://ilgur.com/2010/04/19/lesson-201-use-of-il-quale/">il quale, del quale and its variants</a> are used in this way, <strong>they follow the noun that they depend upon</strong>. Unlike il cui/la cui/i cui/le cui, <strong><a href="http://ilgur.com/2010/04/19/lesson-201-use-of-il-quale/">il quale</a></strong> <span style="text-decoration: underline;">must agree in gender and number with the antecedent</span> (as we learned in Lesson 201):</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>definite article + cui: </strong>Giovanni, <strong>la cui figlia</strong> studia alla “Sapienza” a Roma, insegna lì.<br />
<strong>il quale</strong><strong>: Giovanni</strong>, la figlia <strong>del quale</strong> studia alla Sapienza a Roma, insegna lì.</p>
<p><strong>definite article + cui: </strong>Non voglio andare a trovare Marianna, <strong>i cui genitori</strong> mi odiano!<br />
<strong>il quale</strong>: Non voglio andare a trovare <strong>Marianna</strong>, i genitori <strong>della quale</strong> mi odiano!</p></blockquote>
<p>Using this construction might seem confusing, and you might be asking yourself why we don&#8217;t just use the possessive adjectives. This construction can become staid and repetitive, and Italian, especially when written, is better expressed without needless repetition.</p>
<p>In order to understand how to use <strong>il cui</strong>, it&#8217;s often best to look at combining two phrases. Below are two sentences that stand well on their own, but what if you wanted to combine them?</p>
<blockquote><p><em>Rome has great public transport.<br />
Its traffic problems are among the worst in Europe.</em></p></blockquote>
<p><em> </em>The first thing that you need to look for is finding a common element between the two sentences. <strong>The common element between them is the city, Rome</strong>. In the second sentence, Rome is expressed with the possessive adjective, <em>its</em>. While Rome is not stated in the second sentence, we know from the context that we are talking about Rome. <em>Whose</em> is a relative pronoun that can be used to combine phrases when the common element between two phrases is expressed via possession.</p>
<p>If we combine the two sentences about Rome, we come up with:</p>
<blockquote><p><em>Rome, whose traffic problems are among the worst in Europe, also has great public transport.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>and translated into Italian:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>definite article + cui: </strong>Roma, <strong>i cui problemi di traffico</strong> sono tra i più peggiori in Europa, possiede anche buoni mezzi pubblici.</p></blockquote>
<p><em>or </em></p>
<blockquote><p><strong><strong>il quale</strong>: Roma</strong>, i problemi di traffico <strong>della quale</strong> sono tra i più peggiori in Europa, possiede anche buoni mezzi pubblici.</p></blockquote>
<p>In interrogatives, <em>whose</em> is expressed with di chi:<strong> </strong></p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Di chi</strong> è la macchina?<em><br />
Whose car is it?</em></p></blockquote>
<p>As we stated before, <strong>the preposition, di</strong>, is used to express possession (la macchina di Giovanni = John&#8217;s car).  <strong>Di chi</strong> can also be used as a relative pronoun when there&#8217;s no antecedent present:</p>
<blockquote><p>Non so <strong>di chi</strong> sia quel portafoglio.<br />
<em>I don&#8217;t know whose wallet it is.</em></p></blockquote>
<p><em> </em><strong>Downloads:</strong><br />
Download a copy of a lesson as a pdf by clicking <a href="http://italian.engagedthinking.com/lessons/Lesson_202.pdf">here</a>.</p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/DPIYp9nUL-4vfu5bo8LDKAw_V6U/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/DPIYp9nUL-4vfu5bo8LDKAw_V6U/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/DPIYp9nUL-4vfu5bo8LDKAw_V6U/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/DPIYp9nUL-4vfu5bo8LDKAw_V6U/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/9CwQM9GHaoQ" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2010/04/23/lesson-202-expressing-whose-in-italian-il-la-i-le-cui-o-il-complemento-di-specificazione/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2010/04/23/lesson-202-expressing-whose-in-italian-il-la-i-le-cui-o-il-complemento-di-specificazione/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#201: Use of il quale</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/S8qKvEW6h2Q/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2010/04/19/lesson-201-use-of-il-quale/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 19 Apr 2010 20:36:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[downloadable lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[il/la/i/le quale/quali]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[possessives/possessivi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[relative pronouns/pronomi relativi]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=23</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Il quale can be used as a relative pronoun when it is combined with the definite article, il, la, i, le or when it is articulated with a simple preposition (alla, dalle, dei, sul, for example). When used in the plural, quale becomes quali. It is a variable relative pronoun &#8212; meaning that it changes [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Il quale can be used as a relative pronoun when it is combined with the definite article,<span style="font-weight: bold;"> il</span>, <span style="font-weight: bold;">la</span>,<strong> i</strong>, <strong>le</strong> or when it is articulated with a simple preposition (<span style="font-weight: bold;">alla, dalle, dei, sul</span>, for example). When used in the plural, <strong>quale</strong> becomes <strong>quali</strong>. It is a variable relative pronoun &#8212; meaning that it changes form depending on the antecedent, which it must agree with in number and in gender.</p>
<div>
<blockquote><p>REMEMBER:</p>
<p>The antecedent is the noun (or pronoun, in some cases) which the pronoun refers back to.</p></blockquote>
<div>
<p>Throughout this post, when we say il quale, it also means il quale or one of its variants below, depending upon what role it plays (that is, what part of speech) in the relative clause:</p>
<p><img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5460205643408704962" style="cursor: pointer; display: block; height: 145px; margin: 0px auto 10px; width: 400px;" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_z72W77scdK4/S8aMGm_1hcI/AAAAAAAAA50/jpJ35gFumzc/s400/quale.png" border="0" alt="" /></p>
<p>Il quale can generally be used instead of che, but generally only when the relative pronoun functions as the subject of the relative clause. When the relative pronoun functions as a direct object (un complement oggetto), then che is generally preferred (although il quale can be used in formal writing situations):</p>
<div><strong> </strong></div>
<p>CORRECT:</p>
<blockquote>
<div>
<p>Adesso mio padre deve comprare una nuova macchina la quale purtroppo costa troppo!</p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<p><em>Now my father has to buy a new car <strong>that</strong> unfortunately costs too much!</em></p>
<p><em><span style="font-size: small;">Helpful hint: Some people get confused as to the function of the relative pronoun. A quick way to determine whether your relative pronoun is the subject of your clause is to replace the relative clause with the antecedent. Also, the verb of the relative clause must be of the same number as that of the antecedent</span><span style="font-size: small;">.</span></em></p>
</div>
</blockquote>
<p>MORE FORMAL:</p>
<blockquote>
<div>
<p>Adesso mio padre deve comprare una nuova macchina la quale Marco e Julia non vogliono guidare.</p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<p><em><span style="font-size: small;">Why the example is wrong: The subject of the relative clause is </span><strong><span style="font-size: small;">Marco e Julia</span><span style="font-style: normal;"><span style="font-size: small;">, </span><span style="font-weight: normal;"><span style="font-size: small;">not </span></span><span style="font-size: small;">la quale </span><span style="font-weight: normal;"><span style="font-size: small;">(that is, </span></span><span style="font-size: small;">la macchina</span><span style="font-weight: normal;"><span style="font-size: small;">). </span></span></span></strong><strong>C</strong><span style="font-size: small;">he </span><span style="font-weight: normal;"><span style="font-size: small;">is preferred.</span></span></em></p>
</div>
</blockquote>
<p>It&#8217;s better to write:</p>
<blockquote><p>Adesso mio padre deve comprare una nuova macchina <span style="font-weight: bold;">che</span> Marco e Julia non vogliono guidare.</p>
<p><em>Now my father has to buy a car <strong>that</strong> Marco and Julia do not want to drive.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>Usually, il quale is used when the use of che might create ambiguities:</p>
<div>
<blockquote><p>Ho visto la figlia di Alessandro che abita a Roma.</p>
<p><em>I saw Alessandro&#8217;s daughter <strong>who</strong> lives in Rome.</em></p></blockquote>
<p><em><span style="font-style: normal;">In the example above, are we referring to the daughter or to Alessandro? Which one lives in Rome? While in English it might seem obvious that we are referring to the daughter, in Italian, if there is confusion created by the context within the sentence, Italian clears up this dilemma by using <strong>il quale </strong>or its variants in place of <strong>che</strong>:</span></em></p>
<blockquote><p><em><span style="font-style: normal;"> </span></em>Ho visto la figlia di Alessandro la quale abita a Roma.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: normal;"><strong>La quale</strong> is a clear reference to <strong>la figlia</strong>. This does not apply only to people but can be used with &#8216;things&#8217;, too:</span></p></blockquote>
</div>
<div>
<p><em> </em></p>
</div>
<blockquote><p>Devo andare in centro all&#8217;ambasciata italiana <strong>che</strong> ha appena riaperto.</p>
<p><em><em>I have to go downtown to the Italian embassy that just re-opened.</em></em></p></blockquote>
<div><em> </em></div>
<p>While it might seem obvious<span style="font-size: 13px; line-height: 19px;"><span style="font-size: medium;"><span style="line-height: 24px;"> </span></span></span>, this is not always the case. Perhaps downtown has been closed because of excess smog? Or perhaps there was a traffic accident earlier? Using il quale can help to clarify the meaning of the sentence by zeroing in one which noun is functioning as the antecedent:</p>
<div>
<blockquote><p>Devo andare in centro all&#8217;ambasciata italiana <strong>la quale</strong> ha appena riaperto.</p></blockquote>
</div>
<p>Since che and cui are invariable and don&#8217;t agree in number or gender, this can often lead reader to wonder as to whom or what the antecedent is.</p>
<p>Il quale is also used when the <span style="font-size: 13px; line-height: 19px;"><span style="font-size: medium;"><span style="line-height: 24px;">antecedent</span></span></span> and <span style="font-size: 13px; line-height: 19px;"><span style="font-size: medium;"><span style="line-height: 24px;">relative pronoun</span></span></span> are separated from each other:</p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-style: normal;">Mia madre ha comprato quella macchina <strong>di cui</strong> mio padre le ha detto <strong>che</strong> parte sempre e non viene troppo.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-style: normal;">Mia madre ha comprato quella macchina <strong>di cui</strong> mio padre le ha detto <strong>la quale</strong> parte sempre e non viene troppo.</span></p></blockquote>
<p>Il quale is also used at times to avoid repeating che:</p>
<blockquote>
<div>
<p><span style="font-style: normal;">Non sapevo che Giulio, che è andato in Spagna un mese fa, parla spagnolo correntemente.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-style: normal;">Non sapevo<strong> che</strong> Giulio, <strong>il quale</strong> è andato in Spagna un mese fa, parla spagnolo correntemente.</span></p>
</div>
<p><span style="font-style: normal;"><em><em><em><em><em>I didn&#8217;t know that Giulio, who went to Spain a month ago, speaks Spanish fluently.</em></em></em></em></em></span></p></blockquote>
<div><em> </em></div>
<p>Remember that repetitions of the same word in Italian is best avoided, and you will often see in writing, especially, where an author will vary his words and avoiding repeating the same ones.  This is an aspect of Italian that is often missed by learners but one that comes with practice of reading and speaking.</p>
<p>The use of il quale is more often seen in writing when ambiguities wish to be avoided or in a court of law setting or bureaucratic setting when it is vitally important that ambiguities be avoided. It is important to understand its use as it is common in writing, and these rules should certainly be applied when writing.  In spoken Italian, it will probably be rare to hear <span style="font-weight: bold;">il quale</span> spoken.</p>
<p>Il quale can also be combined with articulated prepositions (just as cui is combined with simple prepositions: a, di, da, in, su, fra, tra, per, con) as a substitute for simple preposition + cui<span class="&lt;br /&gt; e-span"> (as seen in the chart above)</span>.  While cui remains invariable, the prepositions used with il quale combine with the appropriate definite article and quale changes according to the number of the antecedent that it relates to.  Like cui, il quale or its variants open the relative clause.</p>
<p>See the example below:</p>
<blockquote><p>Oggi ho visto la ragazza <strong>con cui</strong> avevamo parlato durante la nostra passeggiata ieri. È ancora single?</p>
<p><em><em>Today I saw the girl with who we had talked with during our stroll yesterday. Is she still single?</em></em></p></blockquote>
<div><em> </em></div>
<div>
<p>This relative pronoun, con cui, can be replaced with con la quale:</p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-style: normal;">Oggi ho visto la ragazza <span style="font-weight: bold;">con la quale</span> abbiamo parlato durante la nostra passeggiata. È ancora single?</span></p></blockquote>
<p><em> </em></p>
</div>
<p>It should be mentioned that dei quali and delle quali are preferred over di cui when the antecedent is a number:</p>
<blockquote>
<div>
<p><span style="font-style: normal;">Ho comprato quattro libri oggi, <strong>tre dei quali</strong> in inglese.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-style: normal;">I bought four books today, three of which are in English.</span></p>
</div>
<div><span style="font-style: normal;"> </span></div>
</blockquote>
<p><span style="font-style: normal;">and not:</span></p>
<blockquote><p>Ho comprato quattro libro oggi, di cui tre in inglese.</p></blockquote>
<p>The use of the full form of the relative pronoun<span style="font-weight: bold;"> </span>is synonymous with <span style="font-weight: bold;">di cui</span>.  If you&#8217;re unsure of when to use <span style="color: #000000;"><a href="http://www.ilgur.com/2009/03/lesson-173-functions-of-pronoun-che.html">che</a></span> or <span style="color: #000000;"><a href="http://www.ilgur.com/2009/03/lesson-172-il-pronome-relativo-cui.html">cui</a></span>, it might be helpful to review their respective lessons.</p>
<div>
<p><em><em><span style="font-weight: bold;">In summary:</span></em></em><em> </em></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Il quale </span>can be used in place of <span style="font-weight: bold;">che</span> when the relative pronoun is the subject of the relative clause.  Generally, when the relative pronoun functions as the direct object, che, is preferred.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Il quale</span> is generally used only when there is ambiguity in the phrase and when using <span style="font-weight: bold;">che </span>or <span style="font-weight: bold;">cui </span>would create confusion about as to what the relative pronoun relates back to in the phrase (i.e the antecedent).</li>
<li>If the relative pronoun is the direct object, then <span style="font-weight: bold;">che</span> is preferred unless a more formal register is required.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Il quale</span> can be used in place of <span style="font-weight: bold;">preposition + cui</span>.  The relative pronoun then functions as a complement indiretto (<span style="font-style: italic;">indirect object</span>).  Remember that, in Italian, prepositions finish a sentence.</li>
<li>Whereas <span style="font-weight: bold;">che </span>and <span style="font-weight: bold;">cui</span> are invariable (they <span style="font-style: italic;">do not </span>agree with the antecedents in gender or number), <span style="font-weight: bold;">il quale</span> agrees in gender and in number with the antecedent.</li>
</ul>
<p><em><span style="font-style: normal;"> </span></em></p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p><strong>Downloads</strong>:<br />
You can download a pdf of this lesson by clicking <a href="http://italian.engagedthinking.com/lessons/Lesson_201.pdf">here</a>.</p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/0A8hEDpz4YV94_hMgp1tXTEvSRY/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/0A8hEDpz4YV94_hMgp1tXTEvSRY/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/0A8hEDpz4YV94_hMgp1tXTEvSRY/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/0A8hEDpz4YV94_hMgp1tXTEvSRY/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/S8qKvEW6h2Q" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2010/04/19/lesson-201-use-of-il-quale/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2010/04/19/lesson-201-use-of-il-quale/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#200: Phone Italian</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/VwFZPWLLt68/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2010/03/24/lesson-200-phone-italian/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 24 Mar 2010 05:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone Italian]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[telephone expressions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[using the phone]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=26</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[You might wonder why I would dedicate an entire post to “Phone Italian” and might even wonder where this post is going…but if you’re studying and learning Italian, you will eventually have to talk to some Italian person on the phone. Talking on the phone is rough for many reasons: You can’t rely on body [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_z72W77scdK4/S10EgpMefpI/AAAAAAAAA2U/rHyYHrzm8Ok/s1600-h/phone.jpg"><img style="float:right; margin:0 0 10px 10px;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 267px; height: 400px;" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_z72W77scdK4/S10EgpMefpI/AAAAAAAAA2U/rHyYHrzm8Ok/s400/phone.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5430501684539195026" /></a>You might wonder why I would dedicate an entire post to “Phone Italian” and might even wonder where this post is going…but if you’re studying and learning Italian, you will eventually have to talk to some Italian person on the phone.</p>
<p>Talking on the phone is rough for many reasons:</p>
<ul>
<li>You can’t rely on body language for non-verbal cues — you know, raised eyebrows, quizzical looks, and other expressions that help you to understand what a person is (or is not saying). If you can’t see the person via a video camera or some kind of video phone/conferencing, you might not pick up on the other person’s confusion (and vice versa).</li>
<li>People tend to be less patient on the phone and talk faster. If you are phoning a call centre, the nature of the call is going to be more formal and less relaxing than if you were calling a friend or a family member.</li>
</ul>
<p>That being said, talking on the phone can present a problem. Therefore, it is important to practice speaking Italian over the phone when you can.</p>
<p>Below is a list of some useful words and expressions that you might encounter when talking on the phone — learning them, using them and hearing them will help make you more prepared for talking on the phone (I will add to this list as I come across other expressions or if others make suggestions):</p>
<p><b>Pronto!</b> | Hello!<br />
This is the form of Hello that you will hear often when someone answers the phone</p>
<p><b>Buongiorno</b> | Good day<br />
You might hear this followed by the name of the place/business that you are calling</p>
<p><b>Un momento, per favore</b> | One moment, please<br />
You might hear this after you give certain details about yourself while the person on the other end of the line looks up information in a computer or verifies some data that they’ve asked you for</p>
<p><b>Attenda in linea, per favore</b> | Please hold (literally: Wait on the line, please)<br />
This formal command will often be spoken if the wait will be more than just a moment.</p>
<p><b>Mi dica?</b> | May I help you? (literally: Tell me, formal command)<br />
This formal command is often made an interrogative and is a polite way of asking “May I help you?” or “How can I be of assistance?” You’ll hear it on the phone but also at restaurants, hotels, cafes and bars.</p>
<p><b>In cosa posso esserle utile?</b> or <b>In cosa posso aiutarla?</b> | <i>How can I be of help?</i><br />
This is another way in which you might be asked over the phone how the person you are calling can be of assistance. Notice the use of the formal pronouns.</p>
<p><b>Desidera?</b> | <i>May I help you?</i><br />
Used in the third person formal of the present is another way of asked what you wish over the phone. You will hear this often also while out and about at restaurants, hotels, cafes, etc.</p>
<p>Other useful words and expressions:</p>
<p><b>il telefono</b> | telephone<br />
<b>il telefonino, il cellulare</b> | mobile (phone)<br />
<b>telefonare (a qualcuno)</b> | to phone, to call someone<br />
<b>fare and comporre</b> (for numbers) or <b>chiamare</b> (when dialing people, countries) | to dial</p>
<p>Fa’ 06 555 555 e parla con tua nonna! È una vita che non le hai parlato.<br />
<i>Dial 06 555 555 and speak with your grandmother! It’s been a while since you spoke to her</i>.</p>
<p>Ho composto il numero che mi hai dato ma non era quello giusto! Mi hai dato il numero del meccanico invece di darmi quello del medico!<br />
<i>I dialed the number that you gave me, but it wasn’t right! You gave me the mechanic’s number instead of giving me that of the doctor!</i></p>
<p>Quando chiamo mio nonno in America, c’è sempre un costante fruscio in sottofondo<br />
<i>When I call my grandfather in America, there is always a constant noise in the background</i>.</p>
<p><b>sbagliare numero</b> | <i>to dial the wrong number</i></p>
<p>Cazzo! Ho sbagliato numero e adesso la mia scheda telefonica è esaurita!<br />
<i>Fuck! I dialed the wrong number, and now my phone card is used up</i>!</p>
<p><b>chiamare</b> | <i>to call</i><br />
<b>la chiamata</b> | <i>call, phone call</i><br />
<b>la telefonata</b> | <i>phone call</i><br />
<b>fare una telefonata (a + qualcuno)</b> | <i>to call someone</i></p>
<p>Non dimenticare di fare una telefonata all‘idraulico! Il rubinetto sgocciala ancora.<br />
<i>Don’t forget to call the plumber! The faucet is still leaking.</i></p>
<p>In Italian, it is often useful to spell things, especially your name if it is not an Italian one, in a phonetic manner since you cannot show your passport or write it out for the person with whom you are talking while on the phone. Below is a common way of spelling in Italian — it might help to brush up on how to pronounce the alphabet (the link will take you to another site that has a great page on pronouncing the alphabet). Make sure that you pronounce the places and names below. Irregular stresses are indicated with an underline:</p>
<p><b>A</b> come Ancona | A as in Ancona or A like Ancona…<br />
<b>B</b> come Bari<br />
<b>C</b> come Como<br />
<b>D</b> come Domodossola<br />
<b>E</b> come Empoli<br />
<b>F</b> come Firenze<br />
<b>G</b> come Genova<br />
<b>H</b> come “acca” or Hotel<br />
<b>I</b> come Imola<br />
<b>J</b> come Jolly<br />
<b>K</b> come Kursaal (or Kappa)<br />
<b>L</b> come Livorno<br />
<b>M</b> come Milano<br />
<b>N</b> come Napoli<br />
<b>O</b> come Otranto<br />
<b>P</b> come Palermo<br />
<b>Q</b> come Quarto<br />
<b>R</b> come Roma<br />
<b>S</b> come Savona<br />
<b>T</b> come Torino<br />
<b>U</b> come Udine<br />
<b>V</b> come Venezia<br />
<b>W</b> come Washington or “vu doppia”<br />
<b>X</b> come Xilofono<br />
<b>Y</b> come Yogurt<br />
<b>Z</b> come Zara</p>
<p></p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/uuEkUKaqWM1bDUa4wVaHuQ-yxVQ/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/uuEkUKaqWM1bDUa4wVaHuQ-yxVQ/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/uuEkUKaqWM1bDUa4wVaHuQ-yxVQ/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/uuEkUKaqWM1bDUa4wVaHuQ-yxVQ/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/VwFZPWLLt68" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2010/03/24/lesson-200-phone-italian/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2010/03/24/lesson-200-phone-italian/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#199: Grazie and saying thanks in Italian</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/CWFpfEpnymI/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2010/03/01/lesson-199-grazie-and-saying-thanks-in-italian/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 01 Mar 2010 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[grazie]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[saying \"Thanks\" in Italian]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=28</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[During a recent discussion on the Facebook group, Parola del Giorno, it seemed that many who study Italian were unaware that the interjection, grazie, is a plural noun. Grazie comes from the Italian noun, la grazia. When saying Thanks or Thank you in Italian, you have to remember that when you modify the noun with [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>During a recent discussion on the Facebook group, Parola del Giorno, it seemed that many who study Italian were unaware that the interjection, grazie, is a plural noun.</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Grazie</strong> comes from the Italian noun, <strong>la grazia</strong>.</p></blockquote>
<p>When saying <em>Thanks</em><strong> </strong>or <em>Thank you</em> in Italian, you have to remember that when you modify the noun with an adjective, that <strong>the adjective must be in the plural</strong>.</p>
<p>See below on the many different ways of saying <em>Thanks:</em></p>
<ul>
<li>Grazie | <em>Thank you</em></li>
<li>Molte grazie | <em>Many thanks</em></li>
<li>Grazie mille | <em>Thank you very much</em> (literally: A thousand thanks)</li>
<li>Mille grazie | <em>Thank you very much</em></li>
<li>Grazie tante  | <em>Thank you so much, Thanks so much</em> (also used ironically, sarcastically: <em>Thank a lot</em>)</li>
<li>Grazie infinite | <em>Thank you so much</em></li>
<li>Grazie di tutto | <em>Thanks for everything</em></li>
<li>Grazie di cuore | <em>Sincerest thanks</em></li>
</ul>
<p>If you want to be ironic when saying <em>Thanks</em> then you would say, <strong>Grazie tante</strong> | <em>Thanks a lot</em>:</p>
<blockquote><p>Marco: Scusa, Maria, ho dimenticato di comprare il latte.<br />
<em>Marco: Excuse me, Maria, I forgot to buy milk.</em></p>
<p>Maria: <strong>Grazie tante</strong>, Marco! E adesso? Lo sai che non bevo mai il caffè senza latte.<br />
<em>Maria: Thanks a lot, Marco! And now what do I do?  You know that I never drink coffee without milk.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>When thanking someone directly, the person to whom you are addressing simply follows <strong>grazie</strong>:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Grazie, Marcello</strong>. Ho imparato tante cose nuove sulla lingua italiana.<br />
<em>Thanks, Marcello. I learned so many new things about the Italian language.</em></p></blockquote>
<h4><strong>Grazie</strong> with prepositions</h4>
<p><strong>Grazie</strong> is also used with the following prepositions:</p>
<p><strong>a </strong>| to express<em> to</em>:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Grazie</span> a Marco</strong> ho trovato le mie chiavi.<br />
<em> Thanks to Marco I found my keys.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>The preposition,<strong> a + tonic pronoun</strong> or <strong>a + person/people</strong>, is used when you are thanking someone who you are not addressing:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Grazie</span> a Maria</strong> ho trovato il mio gatto.<br />
<em>Thanks to Maria I found my cat.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>You also use <strong>a + tonic pronoun, te (informal)</strong> or <strong>Lei (formal)</strong>, when someone thanks you, and you want to thank them back without repeating their name:</p>
<blockquote><p>Marco: <span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Grazie</strong></span>, Maria. Sei troppo buono!<br />
<em>Marco: Thanks, Maria. You are too good!</em></p>
<p>Maria: No, <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">grazie</span> a te</strong>!<br />
<em>Maria: No, thank you!</em></p></blockquote>
<p>This is also important when thanking God (<em>don&#8217;t forget that <strong>Dio</strong> is capitalized</em>):</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Grazie a Dio</strong>!<br />
<em>Thank God!</em></p></blockquote>
<p><strong>per</strong> or <strong>di</strong> | to express <em>for</em> with nouns &#8212; remember, with the preposition, <strong>di</strong>, you must articulate it with the definite article of the noun that follows:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Grazie</span> per </strong>il regalo!  Mi piace molto!<br />
<em> Thanks for the gift.  I like it a lot.</em></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Grazie</span> del</strong> regalo!  Mi piace molto! (<em>this construction is preferred</em>)<br />
<em> Thanks for the gift.  I like it a lot.</em></p></blockquote>
<h4><strong>Grazie per fare/per aver fatto in Italian</strong></h4>
<p><strong> </strong>In English, &#8221;Thanks for + doing something&#8221;  may refer both to the present and the past.  In Italian, a common mistake is to use <strong>Grazie per + infinito</strong> to express &#8220;<em>Thanks for doing something</em>&#8221; in English. <span style="text-decoration: underline;">This construction doesn&#8217;t exist in Italian and should be avoided</span>.  To thank someone for doing something at the time of speech, use the following constructions:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Grazie</span> per il fatto</strong> che mi stai aiutando a cercare il gatto. Ti offrirò una cena quando lo troveremo!<br />
<em>Thanks for helping me look for my cat! I&#8217;ll offer you a dinner when we find him!<br />
[You are thanking this person for helping you look for your cat: an action that is still in progress]</em></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Grazie</span> che</strong> mi stai aiutando a cercare il gatto. Ti offrirò una cena quando lo troveremo!<br />
<em>Thanks for helping me look for my cat! I&#8217;ll offer you a dinner when we find him!<br />
</em><em>[You are thanking this person for helping you look for your cat: an action that is still in progress]</em><em> </em></p></blockquote>
<p>In both of the examples above, note the use of the <strong>present progressive</strong> to express an action that is taking place in the moment that it is spoken!</p>
<p>Use <strong>per aver fatto</strong>* to express a result of an action that has already been completed at the time of speech.  In Italian, this construction is used <strong>to thank someone who has done something for you</strong>:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Grazie</span> per aver trovato</strong> il mio gatto! Ti sono debitore!<br />
<em>Thanks for finding/having found my cat! I owe you one!</em></p>
<p><em> [The cat has been found, and you are thanking this person for something that has been done]</em></p></blockquote>
<h5>According to some, the difference between using di or per + infinitive (or di/per aver + past participle) is a matter of style and/or how it &#8220;sounds&#8221;.  For more information, <a href="http://www.italianisticaonline.it/forum/topic.php?id=60&amp;page">read this</a> &#8212; notice the differing of opinion between the two responders.</h5>
<p style="text-align: right;"><em>written by Keith Preble and Vittorio Tavini</em></p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/C-RYh43uIZ3wDqowou9gj9om_E4/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/C-RYh43uIZ3wDqowou9gj9om_E4/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/C-RYh43uIZ3wDqowou9gj9om_E4/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/C-RYh43uIZ3wDqowou9gj9om_E4/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/CWFpfEpnymI" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2010/03/01/lesson-199-grazie-and-saying-thanks-in-italian/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>6</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2010/03/01/lesson-199-grazie-and-saying-thanks-in-italian/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#004: Definite Article | Articolo determinativo</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/q4hHVZKVQIE/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2010/02/19/lesson-004-definite-article-larticolo-determinativo/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 19 Feb 2010 18:02:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[definite article/articolo determinativo]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=32</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The chart above shows the definite articles in Italian. The definite article is &#8220;the&#8221; in English. As you can see, Italian has various forms of &#8220;the&#8221; depending upon the gender and number of the noun it modifies, and its form is determined by the first letter of the noun (and also in some cases the [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div style="text-align: center;"><a href="http://photos1.blogger.com/blogger/288/3372/1600/chart.1.jpg" onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}"><img style="cursor: pointer;" src="http://photos1.blogger.com/blogger/288/3372/400/chart.jpg" border="0" alt="" width="465" height="195" /></a></div>
<p>The chart above shows the <a href="http://ilgur.com/tag/definite-articlearticolo-determinativo/">definite articles in Italian</a>.  The definite article is &#8220;the&#8221; in English.  As you can see, Italian has various forms of &#8220;the&#8221; depending upon the gender and number of the noun it modifies, and its form is determined by the first letter of the noun (and also in some cases the adjective) that follows the definite article.</p>
<p>Some points to remember:</p>
<p><strong>Il</strong> is the masculine, singular form for &#8220;the&#8221; and is used before consonants <span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;">except</span> for nouns that begin with a <span style="font-weight: bold;">s + consonant, ps</span><span>, <strong>gn</strong>, <strong>y</strong></span><span style="font-weight: bold;"> </span>or <span style="font-weight: bold;">z. </span>These nouns use the &#8220;lo&#8221; form of the definite article:</p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-weight: bold;">il </span>ragazzo, <strong>i </strong>ragazzi <span style="font-weight: bold;"><br />
il </span>burro, <strong>i </strong>burri <em><span style="font-size: x-small;">note that this noun is typically collective and used only in singular</span></em><span style="font-weight: bold;"><br />
il </span>tempo, <strong>i </strong>tempi<span style="font-weight: bold;"> </span></p>
<p><strong>lo</strong> studente, <strong>gli</strong> studenti<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;">lo</span> zio, <strong>gli </strong>zii<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;">lo</span> sport, <strong>gli</strong> sport<br />
<strong>lo </strong>yogurt, <strong>gli</strong> yogurt<br />
<strong>lo </strong>gnocco, <strong>gli </strong>gnocchi<br />
<strong>lo</strong> psicotico, <strong>gli </strong>psicotici</p></blockquote>
<ol></ol>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">L&#8217; </span>is the form for masculine and feminine singular plural &#8220;the&#8221; when the noun begins with a <span style="font-weight: bold;">vowel</span>.   Such as:</p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-weight: bold;">l&#8217;</span><span>albergo, <strong>gli </strong>alberghi<br />
</span><strong>l&#8217;</strong>ecologo, <strong>gli </strong>ecologi<br />
<strong>l&#8217;</strong>ambiente<strong>, gli</strong> ambienti</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">l&#8217;</span><span>anatra, <strong>le </strong>anatre</span><br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;">l&#8217;</span><span>automobile</span><span style="font-weight: bold;">, </span><span><strong>le</strong> automobili</span><br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;">l&#8217;</span><span>ondata</span><span style="font-weight: bold;">, le </span><span>ondate</span><br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;">l&#8217;</span><span>informazione, <strong>le </strong>informazioni</span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">L&#8217;</span> is also the definite article used for words which may start with a consonant but have a vowel-like sound: <span style="font-weight: bold;"><br />
</span></p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-weight: bold;">l&#8217;</span>mp3, <strong>gli</strong> mp3 <em>mp3 <span style="font-style: normal;"><span style="font-size: x-small;">(</span></span><span style="font-size: x-small;">generally in foreign words</span><span style="font-style: normal;"><span style="font-size: x-small;">)</span></span></em></p></blockquote>
<ol></ol>
<p><strong>La</strong> is the definite article for feminine nouns:</p>
<blockquote><p>la mela | the apple<br />
la torta | the cake<br />
la scarpa | the shoe</p></blockquote>
<ol></ol>
<p>When an adjective precedes the nouns and follows the definite article, the &#8220;rules&#8221; change.  <span>The<strong> first letter of the word following directly after the definite article determines its form:</strong></span></p>
<blockquote><p><strong>L&#8217;</strong>informazione è utile.<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">The information is useful.</span></p>
<p><strong>La</strong> nuova informazione è utile.<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">The new information is useful.</span></p></blockquote>
<p>Normally the <span><strong>l&#8217;</strong></span><span style="font-style: italic;"> </span>is the definite article for informazione.  Because it is preceded by an adjective that begins with a consonant (in this case, an <span style="font-style: italic;">n</span>), it uses a different form of the definite article.</p>
<p>Some other examples:<span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
</span></p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-style: italic;">The other day </span><span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
</span><span><strong>L&#8217;</strong>altro giorno</span><span style="font-style: italic;"> </span> (<strong>il</strong> giorno -&gt; <strong>il</strong> altro giorno -&gt;<strong> l&#8217;</strong>altro giorno)</p>
<p><em>The new student<br />
</em><strong>Il </strong>nuovo studente (<strong>lo</strong> studente -&gt; <strong>lo</strong> nuovo studente -&gt; <strong>il</strong> nuovo student)</p></blockquote>
<p>As you can see, because the article precedes an adjective that begins with a vowel, it requires the <span style="font-style: italic;">l&#8217; </span>form of the definite article.</p>
<p>For information on definite articles and how they combine with prepositions, <a href="http://ilgur.com/2008/05/15/lesson-76-articulated-prepositions-preposizioni-articolate-also-known-as-prepositional-articles/">click here</a>.</p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/08ar1Bz7kH6ZUXcyuVEIx0rNNQA/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/08ar1Bz7kH6ZUXcyuVEIx0rNNQA/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/08ar1Bz7kH6ZUXcyuVEIx0rNNQA/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/08ar1Bz7kH6ZUXcyuVEIx0rNNQA/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/q4hHVZKVQIE" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2010/02/19/lesson-004-definite-article-larticolo-determinativo/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>7</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2010/02/19/lesson-004-definite-article-larticolo-determinativo/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#198: Present subjunctive / Congiuntivo presente</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/dRscPbYSPC4/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2010/02/05/lesson-198-present-subjunctive-congiuntivo-presente/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 05 Feb 2010 16:08:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[present subjuctive/congiuntivo presente]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[subjunctive/congiuntivo]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[verb moods]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=33</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The present subjunctive (il congiuntivo presente) is an important mood to learn in Italian. See the charts below on conjugating verbs in the present subjunctive: As you can see in the chart above, the -are verbs take their endings from the second and third conjugation, while the -ere and -ire verbs take their ending from [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The present subjunctive (<span style="font-style: italic;">il congiuntivo presente</span>) is an important mood to learn in Italian.  See the charts below on conjugating verbs in the present subjunctive:</p>
<div style="text-align: center;"><span style="color: #0000ee;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="color: #0000ee;"><img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5435130246419507538" style="display: block; margin: 0px auto 10px; text-align: center; cursor: pointer; width: 400px; height: 166px;" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_z72W77scdK4/S212KZ3Q6VI/AAAAAAAAA20/8_UhhkD7z4c/s400/presente_congiuntivo.png" border="0" alt="" /></span></span></span></span></div>
<p>As you can see in the chart above, the  <span style="font-weight: bold;">-are verbs</span> take their endings from the second and third conjugation, while the <span style="font-weight: bold;">-ere </span>and  <span style="font-weight: bold;">-ire verbs</span> take their ending from the first conjugation.  Also note the <span style="font-weight: bold;">-isc- verbs</span>, which retain the <span style="font-weight: bold;">-isc-</span> when conjugated in the present subjunctive.</p>
<p>The tricky part about the subjunctive is the plural forms (noi, voi and loro).  The singular forms are always identical.  Many irregular verbs in the present indicative (<span style="font-style: italic;">indicativo presente</span>) are also irregular in the present subjunctive, for example, the verb, <span style="font-weight: bold;">potere</span>:</p>
<div style="text-align: center;">
<p style="text-align: left;"><span style="color: #0000ee;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5434864749548365058" style="display: block; margin: 0px auto 10px; text-align: center; cursor: pointer; width: 187px; height: 187px;" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_z72W77scdK4/S2yEsc8fZQI/AAAAAAAAA2k/gL6cYKghN_0/s400/potere.png" border="0" alt="" /></span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left;">Other irregulars for the present subjunctive:</p>
<ul>
<li style="text-align: left;">andare</li>
<li style="text-align: left;">dovere</li>
<li style="text-align: left;">rimanere</li>
<li style="text-align: left;">tenere</li>
<li style="text-align: left;">volere</li>
</ul>
<p style="text-align: left;">Certain verbs and expressions<span style="font-weight: bold;"> require</span> the subjunctive &#8212; <a href="http://ilgur.com/2006/08/06/lesson-016-verbs-and-expressions-that-take-the-subjunctive/">see this post</a> for a list of some common verbs and expressions.  If you want a really good grounding in the subjunctive, I recommend that you read <em><a href="http://www.ibs.it/code/9788820047788/della-valle-valeria-patota/viva-il-congiuntivo-come.html?shop=4009">Viva il congiuntivo</a></em> by Valeria della Valle and Giuseppe Patota.  This excellent book explains the uses and functions of the subjunctive.  While it&#8217;s in Italian, it&#8217;s not a difficult read and provides a selection of common and useful expressions.</p>
</div>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/0KJEf3dsHM2rL1mcagsC8Z188Ik/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/0KJEf3dsHM2rL1mcagsC8Z188Ik/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/0KJEf3dsHM2rL1mcagsC8Z188Ik/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/0KJEf3dsHM2rL1mcagsC8Z188Ik/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/dRscPbYSPC4" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2010/02/05/lesson-198-present-subjunctive-congiuntivo-presente/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2010/02/05/lesson-198-present-subjunctive-congiuntivo-presente/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#197: Understanding verbs — andare v. venire</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/mKv5C_G17Rk/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2010/01/02/lesson-197-understanding-verbs-andare-v-venire/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 02 Jan 2010 21:17:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[andare]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[differences between andare and venire]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Understanding verbs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[venire]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=35</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Andare and venire are two of the most important verbs in Italian, and they creep up in conversation and in reading quite a bit. However, it wasn&#8217;t until recently when I used them incorrectly during an Italian conversation class, that I thought that it was a good topic to discuss. In English, we&#8217;re pretty loose [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Andare</strong> and <strong>venire</strong> are two of the most important verbs in Italian, and they creep up in conversation and in reading quite a bit. However, it wasn&#8217;t until recently when I used them incorrectly during an Italian conversation class, that I thought that it was a good topic to discuss.</p>
<p>In English, we&#8217;re pretty loose with how we use coming and going, but in Italian, you have to be careful which you chose because it can affect the meaning of your sentences. Let&#8217;s look at what these two verbs mean:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Andare</strong> means &#8220;<em>to go</em>&#8220;, but more specifically it is movement towards a place. It&#8217;s important to note that the person to whom you are speaking is generally not included of your movement.<br />
<blockquote><p><strong>Vado al</strong> cinema.<br />
<em>I&#8217;m going to the cinema.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>When followed by an infinitive, the preposition,  <strong>a</strong>, must be used: <strong>andare a + infinitive</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Venire </strong>means &#8220;<em>to come</em>&#8220;, but more specifically, it means moving and going towards a place where the person to whom you are speaking is located.<strong><br />
</strong></p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Vengo a</strong> Londra.<br />
<em>I&#8217;m coming to London.</em><br />
(where the person to whom you are speaking is already located)</p></blockquote>
<p>When followed by an infinitive, the preposition, <strong>a</strong>, must be used: <strong>venire a + infinitive</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Sometimes, seeing the verbs used in their context can help to explain better the grammar &#8212; let&#8217;s look at this conversation below between two friends, Marta and Enrico:</p>
<blockquote><p>Marta: Enrico, <strong>vai al cinema </strong>stasera?</p>
<p><em>Marta: Enrico, are you going to the cinema tonight?<br />
</em><br />
Enrico: Sì, certo. Devo vedere il nuovo film di Tarantino. <strong>Volete venire</strong>?</p>
<p><em>Enrico: Yes, of course. I have to see the new Tarantino film. Do you want come?<br />
</em><br />
Marta: Beato te. Purtroppo <strong>non possiamo venire</strong>. Mia suocera <strong>viene da </strong>Milano stasera, e mio marito e io <strong>andiamo a cenare</strong> fuori con lei.</p>
<p><em>Marta: Lucky you. Unfortunately, we can&#8217;t come. My mother-in-law is coming from Milan this evening, and my husband and I are going to dine out with her.<br />
</em><br />
Enrico: Peccato che <strong>non veniate</strong> al cinema.</p>
<p><em>Enrico: It&#8217;s a pity that you are not coming.<br />
</em><br />
Marta: Forse mio marito e io ci <strong>andremo</strong> questo fine settimana. Buon film e divertiti!</p>
<p><em>Marta: Perhaps my husband and I will go this weekend. Enjoy the film and enjoy yourself!</em></p></blockquote>
<p>In the first sentence, if Marta had said <strong>vieni</strong> instead of <strong>vai</strong>, she would have been implying that she, too, would have been at the cinema. Using <strong>andare</strong>, signals that she and Enrico will not be at the same location.</p>
<p>In the second sentence, Enrico asks &#8220;<strong>Volete venire?</strong>&#8220;, which means &#8220;<em>Do you want to come with me to the theater?</em>&#8221; If Enrico had asked &#8220;<strong>Volete andare?</strong>&#8220;, what he is really asking is &#8220;<em>Do you also want to go to the movies, but not with me?</em>&#8221; You might ask &#8220;<strong>Vuoi andare?</strong>&#8221; if you are asking if the person really want to go to see the film, not with the speaker.</p>
<p>When Marta says &#8220;<strong>non possiamo venire</strong>&#8221; what she is saying is: &#8220;<em>We are not able to come and join you at the theater</em>&#8221; (you being Enrico). If she had used <strong>andare</strong>, she would have been saying &#8220;<em>we are not able to go to see the movie</em>&#8221; at any theater, regardless if it was the one that Enrico would be at or not.</p>
<p>When a person comes from one place and goes to another, you use <strong>venire da</strong>, which means &#8220;<em>I left from one place and will arrive where the person the speaker is addressing is located</em>.&#8221; For example, if you are in Rome, and I said, &#8220;<strong>Vengo da Milano</strong>&#8220;, it means &#8220;<em>I&#8217;ve left from Milan and am coming to you, the speaker, who is in Rome</em>&#8220;. In the example above, Marta&#8217;s mother-in-law is arriving from Milan to Marta&#8217;s location.</p>
<p>In the second to last sentence, Enrico says &#8220;<strong>&#8230;non veniate al cinema</strong>&#8221; he is saying &#8220;<em>It&#8217;s a pity that you are not coming to join me at the theater</em>&#8220;. If <strong>andare</strong> were used, the meaning changes: &#8220;<em>It&#8217;s a pity that you are not going to some theater to see this movie</em>&#8220;.</p>
<p>In the last statement, Marta says &#8220;<strong>&#8230;ci andiamo questo weekend</strong>&#8220;, meaning &#8220;<em>Perhaps we&#8217;ll go this weekend</em>&#8221; meaning &#8220;P<em>erhaps we&#8217;ll go to see the movie at some cinema this weekend but you won&#8217;t be there, Enrico, because you&#8217;ve already seen the movie and presumably you don&#8217;t want to see it a second time.</em>&#8221;  If Marta used <strong>veniamo</strong>, she would have been implying that Enrico, too, might joining them.</p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/wJFUINOr64t9nj8mDFE5_N3fYxs/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/wJFUINOr64t9nj8mDFE5_N3fYxs/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/wJFUINOr64t9nj8mDFE5_N3fYxs/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/wJFUINOr64t9nj8mDFE5_N3fYxs/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/mKv5C_G17Rk" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2010/01/02/lesson-197-understanding-verbs-andare-v-venire/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2010/01/02/lesson-197-understanding-verbs-andare-v-venire/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#196: Understanding il gerundio in Italian</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/n6A8CWmkqBM/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/11/09/lesson-196-understanding-il-gerundio-in-italian/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 10 Nov 2009 02:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[gerund]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[gerundio]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=40</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Il gerundio (semplice/simple or composto/compound) in Italian has more limited uses than its English counterpart. This is a good topic to study because it underlines the need for students to be (perhaps) more acutely aware of the fact that it&#8217;s not always possible to translate the two grammars cleanly. In English, a gerund is a [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Il gerundio</strong> (<strong>semplice</strong><em>/simple</em> or <strong>composto</strong>/<em>compound</em>) in Italian has more limited uses than its English counterpart.  This is a good topic to study because it underlines the need for students to be (perhaps) more acutely aware of the fact that it&#8217;s not always possible to translate the two grammars cleanly.<br />
In English, a gerund is a present participle (<strong>-ing</strong> word, like <strong>swimming, running, talking</strong>) that is used as a noun, either on its own or in a noun phrase &#8212; for example:</p>
<blockquote><p><em>Talking</em> is her favorite thing to do &#8211; she never stops.</p></blockquote>
<p>In the sentence above, <em>talking</em>, is a present participle that is being used as a noun.  This is the gerund in English.  They can also be phrases &#8212; take the same example above slightly re-worded:</p>
<blockquote><p><em>Talking smack</em> is her favorite thing to do while watching the football game.</p></blockquote>
<p><em>Talking </em>now has a direct object, <em>smack</em> and is a noun phrase that is used as the subject of the sentence above.</p>
<p>In Italian, the gerund form of the verb is <strong>never</strong> used in this way &#8212; it has a more limited scope and function.  In Italian, the gerund form ends in either -<strong>ando</strong> or <strong>-endo</strong>, for example: <strong>parlando, correndo</strong>.  It is most commonly used with the verb, <strong>stare</strong>, to form the present progressive (or the past progressive, when used in the imperfect).  The gerundio can also be used with <strong>andare</strong> and <strong>venire</strong>.</p>
<p>The gerund can be used on its own to express an action that is happening concurrently to another one, much in the same way that the imperfect does.  For example:</p>
<blockquote><p>Andando al supermercato, ho visto Luca.<br />
<em>= </em><em>Mentre andavo al supermercato, ho visto Luca.</em></p>
<p><em>(While) Going to the store, I saw Luca.<br />
While I was going to the store, I saw Luca.</em></p></blockquote>
<p><em> </em>This kind of construction is typically used when the subject of the gerundio and the main clause are the same (<em>io,</em> in the example above).  Be careful not to combine conjunctions (like <strong>mentre</strong>) with the gerundio &#8212; this is agrammatical because the <strong>gerundio</strong> when used in this way implies <strong>mentre,</strong> and also the gerundio when used on its own is not a proper verb.  <strong>NB:  <span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-weight: normal;">However, </span></strong><strong>the gerundio</strong> can be used with a variety of tenses, such as the present, future, present perfect, etc.</p>
<p>This same construction can also be used to express the English, <em>by</em> + present participle, for example:</p>
<blockquote><p><em>By</em> working many hours, Giorgio became the boss of his department.<br />
<strong>Lavorando</strong> molte ore, Giorgio è diventato il capo del suo dipartimento.</p></blockquote>
<p>Take note that the gerundio<strong> cannot be used</strong> when the main clause is passive.</p>
<p>The <strong>gerundio</strong> (<strong>semplice </strong>or <strong>composto) </strong>can be used in subordinate clauses to express different states and conditions, for example:</p>
<p>a condition (<em>if</em>):</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Comprando</strong> una nuova macchina, posso vendere la vecchia.<br />
<em> </em></p>
<p><em>Buying a new car, now I can sell the old one.<br />
</em><em>If I buy a new car, I can sell the old one.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>modal, expressing <em>how</em> someone/something is:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Essendo</strong> bravo a scrivere, Marco ha deciso di fare il giornalista.<br />
<em> </em></p>
<p><em>Being capable in writing, Marco decided to be a journalist.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>a cause (<em>since</em>):</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Parlando</strong> il tedesco, ho deciso di andare a lavorare in Germania<br />
<em> </em></p>
<p><em>Speaking German, I decided to go to work in Germany.<br />
Since I speak German, I decided to go to work in Germany.<br />
</em></p></blockquote>
<p>a contrast (<em>even if</em>) with <strong>pure:</strong></p>
<blockquote><p><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;"><em><strong>Pur trovando</strong> le chiavi, non potrei arrivare in orario al lavoro.<br />
</em></span><em> </em></p>
<p><em>Even finding my keys, I couldn&#8217;t arrive on time to work.</em><br />
<span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;"><em>Even if I find my keys, I couldn&#8217;t arrive on time to work.</em><br />
</span></p></blockquote>
<p>time (<em>while</em>):</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Andando al teatro</strong>, ho visto i miei migliori amici.<br />
<em> </em></p>
<p><em>(While) going to the theater, I saw my best friends.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>manner (<em>by</em>):</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Studiando</strong> sempre, e bene, si è laureata presto.<br />
<em> </em></p>
<p><em>By always studying well, she graduated early.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>The <strong>gerundio</strong> also has a past form that is composed of the <strong>gerundio </strong>of <strong>avere</strong> or <strong>essere</strong> along with a past participle &#8212; you use <strong>avere </strong>or <strong>essere</strong> depending upon the past participle:</p>
<p>essendo andato | <em>having gone</em>:</p>
<blockquote><p><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;"><strong>Essendo andata</strong> al supermercato ieri, Marta ha dimenticato di comprare del latte.<em><br />
</em></span><em></em></p>
<p><em>Having gone to the supermarket yesterday, Marta forgot to buy some milk.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>avendo giocato | <em>having played </em><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;"><em><strong></strong></em></span></p>
<blockquote><p><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;"><strong>Avendo giocato</strong> a tennis con Michele, Giovanni è tornato a casa e ha fatto la doccia.</span><br />
<em></em></p>
<p><em>Having played tennis with Michele, Giovanni returned home and took a shower.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>The compound gerundio refers to an action that has taken place <strong>before</strong> the action of the main clause, instead of being contemporaneous to the action of the main clause with the <strong>gerundio semplice.</strong><strong></strong></p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Remember: </strong>when using the <strong>essere form of the compound gerund</strong>, make sure that the past participle used with essere agrees with the subject that it refers to. If the subordinate clause which contains the compound gerundio contains a direct object pronoun, the past participle agrees with the pronoun <em>instead of </em>the subject of the main clause.Also, the compound forms of the gerund are <strong>only used in writing</strong> and are not common in spoken Italian.<br />
<span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: x-small;"><br />
</span></p></blockquote>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/0Q0iVCOy4UfLhBoCjGYhPcJOixg/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/0Q0iVCOy4UfLhBoCjGYhPcJOixg/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/0Q0iVCOy4UfLhBoCjGYhPcJOixg/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/0Q0iVCOy4UfLhBoCjGYhPcJOixg/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/n6A8CWmkqBM" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/11/09/lesson-196-understanding-il-gerundio-in-italian/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>10</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/11/09/lesson-196-understanding-il-gerundio-in-italian/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#195: Two “sides” of the conjunction, perché</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/jA4CpO0oJvQ/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/11/03/lesson-195-two-sides-of-the-conjunction-perche/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 03 Nov 2009 20:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[conjunctions/congiunzioni]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[perché]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[subjunctive/congiuntivo]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=41</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Perché is a conjunction that can have two functions in Italian grammar: un valore causale, that corresponds to the English, because, and un valore finale, that corresponds to the English, so that. When perché has un valore causale,  it is followed by the indicative: Voglio dormire perché sono stanco. I want to sleep because I [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: bold;"><a href="http://ilgur.com/2007/09/08/lesson-130-conjunctions-that-require-the-subjunctive/">Perché</a> </span>is a conjunction that can have two functions in Italian grammar: <span style="font-weight: bold;">un valore causale</span>, that corresponds to the English, <span style="font-style: italic;">because</span>, and <strong>un valore finale</strong>, that corresponds to the English, <em>so that</em>.</p>
<p>When <strong><a href="../2007/09/08/lesson-130-conjunctions-that-require-the-subjunctive/">perché</a></strong> has <strong>un valore causale</strong>,  it is followed by the <span style="font-weight: bold;">indicative:</span></p>
<blockquote><p>Voglio dormire <span style="font-weight: bold;">perché sono</span> stanco.<span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
I want to sleep because I am tired</span><span style="font-weight: bold;"> </span></p></blockquote>
<p>Un valore causale indicates <span style="font-style: italic;">a cause</span> or <span style="font-style: italic;">a reason</span>, as in the example above &#8212; <span style="font-style: italic;">I </span>want to sleep for the very reason that I am tired.<span style="font-weight: bold;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;"> </span></p>
<p>When <strong><a href="../2007/09/08/lesson-130-conjunctions-that-require-the-subjunctive/">perché</a></strong> has <span style="font-weight: bold;">un valore finale, </span>it isfollowed by the <a href="http://ilgur.com/2006/08/06/lesson-016-verbs-and-expressions-that-take-the-subjunctive/"><span style="font-weight: bold;">subjunctive</span></a>:</p>
<blockquote><p>Vado a casa <span style="font-weight: bold;">perché</span> <span style="font-weight: bold;">possa</span> domire.<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">I&#8217;m going home so that I can sleep.</span></p></blockquote>
<p>Un valore finale expresses <em>an aim, a goal</em> or <em>a purpose</em> &#8212; I am going home with the express goal of sleeping.</p>
<p>In writing,<span style="font-weight: bold;"> <a href="http://ilgur.com/2007/09/08/lesson-130-conjunctions-that-require-the-subjunctive/">affinché</a> </span>is often used to replace <span style="font-weight: bold;">perché</span> in order to avoid any ambiguity between the <span style="font-weight: bold;">valore causale</span> and the <span style="font-weight: bold;">valore finale</span>.  There are several other common conjunctions (congiunzioni) that require the subjunctive &#8211; you can learn more about them <a href="http://ilgur.com/2007/09/08/lesson-130-conjunctions-that-require-the-subjunctive/">here</a>.</p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/QTmA57w5eFQJ2_jP3C516i5Cot8/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/QTmA57w5eFQJ2_jP3C516i5Cot8/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/QTmA57w5eFQJ2_jP3C516i5Cot8/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/QTmA57w5eFQJ2_jP3C516i5Cot8/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/jA4CpO0oJvQ" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/11/03/lesson-195-two-sides-of-the-conjunction-perche/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/11/03/lesson-195-two-sides-of-the-conjunction-perche/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#193: Using the possessive, altrui</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/7V7m2VtpVv8/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/10/26/lesson-193-using-the-possessive-altrui/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 26 Oct 2009 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[altrui]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[possessive adjective]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[possessives]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=44</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[You might have encountered this little possessive adjective, altrui, and wondered what it means and how it is used. Altrui means of others (di altri), other people&#8217;s&#8230;, or someone else&#8217;s and is an invariable possessive (which means that it doesn&#8217;t change form because of gender or number) that refers to an undefined and unknown number [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>You might have encountered this little possessive adjective, <strong>altrui</strong>, and wondered what it means and how it is used.  <strong>Altrui</strong> means <em>of others</em> (<em>di altri</em>), <em>other people&#8217;s&#8230;, </em>or<em> someone else&#8217;s</em> and is an invariable possessive (which means that it doesn&#8217;t change form because of gender or number) that refers to an undefined and unknown number of possessors.</p>
<p>It always refers only to people, and it typically follows the noun it modifies:</p>
<blockquote><p>Mia madre mi dice sempre che devo evitare i problemi <span style="font-weight: bold;">altrui</span>.</p>
<p><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: italic;">My mother always tells me that I have to avoid the problems of others. </span><br />
<span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: italic;"></span></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: italic;"><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;">Non mi piace fumare in casa <span style="font-weight: bold;">altrui</span>.<br />
</span></span></p>
<p><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: italic;"><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;"><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: italic;">I don&#8217;t like to smoke at other people&#8217;s houses.<br />
<span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;"><br />
</span></span></span></span><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: italic;"><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;"><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: italic;"><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;">Madre: Dani, non toccare la roba<span style="font-weight: bold;"> altrui</span>!<br />
</span></span></span></span></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: italic;"><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;"><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: italic;"><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;">Danilo: Mi spiace, mamma!<br />
<span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: italic;"><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;"><br />
</span>Mother: Dani, don&#8217;t touch other people&#8217;s things.<br />
</span></span></span></span></span></p>
<p><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: italic;"><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;"><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: italic;"><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;"><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: italic;">Danilo: Sorry, mom!</span></span></span></span></span></p></blockquote>
<ul></ul>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/YnqgR02E0Tdq-go7MNTH4LZL19s/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/YnqgR02E0Tdq-go7MNTH4LZL19s/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/YnqgR02E0Tdq-go7MNTH4LZL19s/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/YnqgR02E0Tdq-go7MNTH4LZL19s/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/7V7m2VtpVv8" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/10/26/lesson-193-using-the-possessive-altrui/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/10/26/lesson-193-using-the-possessive-altrui/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#192: The possessive adjective, proprio</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/LzQ0kbqg5UU/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/10/21/lesson-192-the-possessive-adjective-proprio/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 21 Oct 2009 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[possessive adjective]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[possessives]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[proprio]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=45</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Proprio is one of those words in Italian that is often misused, even by Italians. Proprio, as an adverb,  means &#8220;really&#8221; (È proprio interessante!).  It can also be used as a possessive if it meets the following critera: When the possession is that of an indefinite pronoun or the subject is impersonal (si), proprio is [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Proprio</strong> is one of those words in Italian that is often misused, even by Italians.  <strong>Proprio</strong>, as an adverb,  means &#8220;really&#8221; (È <strong>proprio</strong> interessante!).  It can also be used as a possessive if it meets the following critera:</p>
<p>When the possession is that of an indefinite pronoun or the subject is impersonal (<strong>si</strong>), <strong>proprio </strong>is obligatory to express possession: <strong> </strong></p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Tutti</strong> vogliono possedere le <strong>proprie</strong> case.<em></em></p>
<p><em>Everyone wants to own their own home.</em></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-weight: normal;">Durante una vacanza<strong> </strong></span><strong>si rilassa<span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-weight: normal;"> meglio con </span>la propria stanza<span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-weight: normal;"> invece di condividere.</span></strong></p>
<p><strong><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: italic;"><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-weight: normal;">During a vacation one relaxes better with one&#8217;s own room instead of sharing.</span></span></strong></p></blockquote>
<p>In order to avoid ambiguity when the possessors are of the same person (third person singular or plural: <strong>suo </strong>and <strong>loro</strong>) and only if the subject of the sentence and the possessor are the same &#8212; the use of <strong>proprio</strong> signals to the reader or speaker that the possessor and subject are one and the same:</p>
<blockquote><p>Marcello deve andare a Napoli per aiutare Annalisa con un progetto.  <strong>Marcello</strong> non userà la <strong>propria </strong>macchina &#8212; non vuole partire.</p>
<p><em>Marcello has to go to Naples to help Annalisa with a project.  Marcello will not use his (own) car &#8212; it doesn&#8217;t want to start.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>In the example above, if <strong>sua</strong> were to be used, it would signal that the car is Annalisa&#8217;s. The use of <strong>propria</strong> reinforces to the reader whose car is being used (in this case, Marcello&#8217;s)</p>
<p><strong>Proprio </strong>can also be used to express <em>own</em>, as in: <em>my own</em>, <em>his own</em>, <em>your own</em>, etc. as a means of reinforcing the standard possessivo:</p>
<blockquote><p>Ora che ho i soldi, voglio la <strong>mia propria</strong> bici! Non mi piace dividere con mia sorella. <em></em></p>
<p><em>Now that I have money, I want my own bike.  I don&#8217;t like sharing with my sister.</em></p></blockquote>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/U1uIS1LbG6gUFrbZx57wVPLrqpY/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/U1uIS1LbG6gUFrbZx57wVPLrqpY/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/U1uIS1LbG6gUFrbZx57wVPLrqpY/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/U1uIS1LbG6gUFrbZx57wVPLrqpY/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/LzQ0kbqg5UU" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/10/21/lesson-192-the-possessive-adjective-proprio/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/10/21/lesson-192-the-possessive-adjective-proprio/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#191: Understanding verbs: pensare a and pensare di</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/i7yb5RPvcxU/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/10/14/lesson-191-understanding-verbs-pensare-a-and-pensare-di/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 14 Oct 2009 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pensare]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pensare a]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pensare di]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=47</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The verb, pensare, means to think; however the meaning of the verb alters somewhat depending upon which preposition that you use. See below for an explanation on the usage between pensare di and pensare a: Pensare di means to think, in the sense of having an opinion or a belief about something: Luisa: Marco, cosa [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The verb, <span style="font-weight: bold;">pensare</span>, means <span style="font-style: italic;">to think</span>; however the meaning of the verb alters somewhat depending upon which preposition that you use.  See below for an explanation on the usage between <span style="font-weight: bold;">pensare di </span>and <span style="font-weight: bold;">pensare a</span>:</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Pensare di</span> means <em>to think</em>, in the sense of having<em> an opinion</em> or <em>a belief</em> about something:</p>
<blockquote><p>Luisa: Marco, cosa <span style="font-weight: bold;">pensi della</span> guerra americana in Afghanistan?</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">Luisa</span>: <span style="font-style: italic;">Marco, what do you think about the American war in Afghanistan?<br />
</span><br />
Marco: Davvero, Luisa, non mi piace.  Qualche volta penso che non ne valga la pena.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">Marco: Really, Luisa, I don&#8217;t like it.  Sometimes I think that it is not worth it.</span></p></blockquote>
<p>In the example above, Luisa is asking for Marco&#8217;s <span style="font-style: italic;">opinion</span> on the war in Afghanistan.</p>
<p>You might also see and hear the question <span style="font-weight: bold;">Che ne pensi?</span> or <span style="font-weight: bold;">Cosa ne pensi?</span> &#8212; remember, though, to use the <span style="font-weight: bold;">ne</span>, there generally should be something in which the <span style="font-weight: bold;">ne</span> can refer back to.  See the example below:</p>
<blockquote><p>Olivia:  Marco, hai letto sui giornali che Lodo Alfano era bocciato?</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">Olivia: Marco, did you read in the papers that Lodo Alfano was overturned?</span></p>
<p>Marco: Sì, certo.  <span style="font-weight: bold;">Cosa ne pensi?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">Marco</span>: Yes, of course.  What do you think about it?<br />
(<span style="font-weight: bold;">ne = del fatto che il Lodo Alfano è stato bocciato</span>)</p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Pensare a</span><strong>, </strong>on the other hand, means <span style="font-style: italic;">to think about</span> a particular person of thing:</p>
<blockquote><p>Maria <span style="font-weight: bold;">pensa</span> sempre <span style="font-weight: bold;">a</span> Marco.  Crediamo che sia innamorata di lui!</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">Maria is always thinking about Marco.  We believe that she is in love with him!<br />
</span><span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
</span></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>Vittorio: Samuele, sembri distratto?  Tutto a posto?</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">Vittorio: Samuel, you seem distracted? Everything ok?<br />
</span><br />
Samuele: Ah, scusa.  <span style="font-weight: bold;">Pensavo alla</span> guerra in Afghanistan ed agli italiani che sono morti di recente.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">Samuele: Ah, pardon.  I was thinking about the war in Afghanistan and the Italians that died recently.</span></p></blockquote>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/A-4hiM6hBYo3o9aaAOtfBxAZGXU/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/A-4hiM6hBYo3o9aaAOtfBxAZGXU/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/A-4hiM6hBYo3o9aaAOtfBxAZGXU/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/A-4hiM6hBYo3o9aaAOtfBxAZGXU/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/i7yb5RPvcxU" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/10/14/lesson-191-understanding-verbs-pensare-a-and-pensare-di/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/10/14/lesson-191-understanding-verbs-pensare-a-and-pensare-di/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#190: Understanding the trapassato prossimo</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/9Jc5VSedjwo/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/10/12/lesson-190-understanding-the-trapassato-prossimo/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 12 Oct 2009 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[compound tenses]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[trapassato prossimo]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=49</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[A reader emailed me recently asking me to explain the differences between the passato prossimo and the trapassato prossimo. Past tenses confuse a lot of learners so let&#8217;s look at where each tense stands temporally in the examples below. In this first example: I miei nonni sono partiti quando ho telefonato. My grandparents left when [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A reader emailed me recently asking me to explain the differences between the <strong><a href="http://ilgur.com/2007/03/19/lesson-106-passato-prossimo-an-overview/">passato prossimo</a></strong> and the <strong><a href="http://ilgur.com/2007/08/11/lesson-124-trapassato-prossimo/">trapassato prossimo</a></strong>.  Past tenses confuse a lot of learners so let&#8217;s look at where each tense stands <em>temporally </em>in the examples below.</p>
<p>In this first example:</p>
<blockquote><p>I miei nonni <strong>sono partiti</strong> quando ho telefonato.<em> </em></p>
<p><em>My grandparents left when I phoned.</em><em><br />
</em></p></blockquote>
<p>In the example above, your grandparents <em>left</em> after you phoned &#8212; two past events that happened at the same time at some point in the past in a quick succession (that is, two <em>completed</em> actions).  If you say:</p>
<blockquote><p>I miei nonni <strong>sono partiti</strong> quando telefonavo.</p>
<p><em>My grandparents left when I was telephoning.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>In the example above, your grandparents<em> left </em>as the phone <em>was ringing</em> &#8211; perhaps in too much of a rush to grab the phone or perhaps they did not hear it as they were leaving.  But when we substitute the <strong>trapassato prossimo</strong> for the <strong>passato prossimo</strong> in the first clause, the meaning changes:</p>
<blockquote><p>I miei nonni <strong>erano partiti</strong> quando ho telefonato.</p>
<p><em>My grandparent had left when I phoned</em>.</p></blockquote>
<p>In the second example, your grandparents are already gone when you phone, having left at some point in the past <em>before</em> you called them on the phone.</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Remember that the trapassato prossimo refers to a past event that happened before another past event. </strong>The more recent event in the past is expressed with the <strong>passato prossimo</strong>,<strong> passato remoto</strong><strong> </strong>or the <strong>imperfetto.</strong></p></blockquote>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<p>With the <strong>trapassato prossimo</strong> you&#8217;ll often see <em>specific points in the past referenced </em>(<em>ieri, all&#8217;una, due giorni fa, etci.</em>), as this helps to differentiate between the more recent past (such as the passato prossimo or the imperfetto) and the less recent event represented by the <strong>trapassato prossimo. </strong>A question posed by one reader was how do they know which tense to use?  Use the tense which conveys that meaning that you wish to communicate.</p>
<p>The trapassato prossimo can be used:</p>
<p><strong>-in dependent clauses </strong>&#8211; often certain adverbs and conjunctions will signal the use of the trapassato prossimo, such as <strong>siccome </strong>(since), <strong>già</strong> (<em>already</em>), <strong>quando</strong> (<em>when</em>), <strong>dopo che</strong> (<em>after), etc., </em>which indicate that some action has taken place or explicitly through the context:</p>
<blockquote><p>Mia moglie mi ha telefonato stamattina dopo che <strong>avevo lasciato</strong> un messaggio per lei ieri notte.</p>
<p><em>My wife phoned me this morning after I had left a message for her last night.</em></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p><strong>Avevo</strong> già <strong>buttato</strong> il giornale quando me l&#8217;hai chiesto.<em> </em></p>
<p><em>I had already thrown out the newspaper when you asked me for it.</em></p></blockquote>
<p><strong>-in independent clauses</strong> &#8212; when used in this manner, it must be inferred that the action which took place happened in the past before another action, through the use of a specific point in time or through the context:</p>
<blockquote><p>Ieri sono andato in palestra ma volevo andare con Marco.  Purtroppo <strong>era andato</strong> <em>di mattina</em>.<em> </em></p>
<p><em>Yesterday I went to the gym but wanted to go with Marco.  Unfortunately, he had gone in the morning.</em><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;"><em> </em></span></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;">Danilo: Marco, perchè non hai comprato una nuova macchina invece di riparare quella vecchia?<em><br />
</em></span></p>
<p><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;">Marco: Ah, sì, hai ragione.  Non ci <strong>avevo pensato</strong>.</span></p>
<p><em>Danilo: Marco, why didn&#8217;t you buy a new car instead of repairing that old one?<br />
</em></p>
<p><em>Marco: Ah, yes, you&#8217;re right.  I hadn&#8217;t thought of it.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>Don&#8217;t forget that <a href="http://ilgur.com/2006/11/27/lesson-68-agreement-of-the-past-participle-in-the-passato-prossimo-accordo-del-participio-passato-nel-passato-prossimo/">past participle</a> agrees with its subject in gender and number when the auxiliary is <strong>essere</strong>.</p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/lgjeWD1YzlGxdkinE0adnJ4PGTM/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/lgjeWD1YzlGxdkinE0adnJ4PGTM/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/lgjeWD1YzlGxdkinE0adnJ4PGTM/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/lgjeWD1YzlGxdkinE0adnJ4PGTM/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/9Jc5VSedjwo" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/10/12/lesson-190-understanding-the-trapassato-prossimo/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/10/12/lesson-190-understanding-the-trapassato-prossimo/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#26: Reciprocal constructions / Costruzioni reciproche</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/jermNsRdcVg/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/08/26/lesson-26-reciprocal-constructions-costruzioni-reciproche/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 21:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[reciprocal verbs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[verbi reciproci]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=51</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Reciprocal constructions express &#8220;each other&#8221; or &#8220;one another&#8221;. Often they are confused with reflexive verbs, but it is important to remember that reciprocal constructions require two or more people, and, as such, are only applied to verbs in the 1st, 2nd and 3rd person plural (noi, voi, loro): Ci is used with noi. Vi is [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Reciprocal constructions express &#8220;each other&#8221; or &#8220;one another&#8221;. Often they are confused with reflexive verbs, but it is important to remember that reciprocal constructions require two or more people, and, as such, are only applied to verbs in the 1st, 2nd and 3rd person plural (noi, voi, loro):</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Ci </strong>is used with <span style="text-decoration: underline;">noi</span>.<br />
<strong> Vi</strong> is used with <span style="text-decoration: underline;">voi</span>.<br />
<strong> Si</strong> is used with <span style="text-decoration: underline;">loro</span>.</p></blockquote>
<p>Remember: With compound tenses <strong>reciprocal verbs</strong> require <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">e</span>ssere</strong> (just like reflexive verbs), and the past participles <strong>must agree</strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> in gender</span> and <span style="text-decoration: underline;">in number</span> with the subject.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s look at some examples below:</p>
<blockquote><p>Non <strong>ci parliamo</strong>.<br />
<em> We are not talking to each other.</em></p>
<p><strong>Vi fate</strong> i regali per Natale?<br />
<em> Are you exchanging gifts for Christmas (with each other)?</em></p>
<p><strong>Si guardano</strong> con disgusto.<br />
<em> They are looking at each with disgust.</em></p>
<p><strong>Ci siamo incontrati</strong> al centro commerciale.<br />
<em> We ran into each other at the mall.</em></p>
<p><strong>Vi siete aiutati</strong> ieri sera?<br />
<em> Did you help each other yesterday evening?</em></p>
<p><strong>Si sono lasciati</strong> due settimane fa.<br />
<em> They broke up two weeks ago.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>Any verb can have this construction, but below is a common list of verbs that can express actions reciprocally:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>abbracciarsi</strong> |<em> to hug, to embrace each other</em><br />
<strong> aiutarsi</strong> | <em>to help each other</em><br />
<strong> baciarsi</strong> | <em>to kiss each other</em><br />
<strong> capirsi</strong> | <em>to understand each other</em><br />
<strong> farsi regali</strong> | <em>to exchange gifts (with each other)</em><br />
<strong> guardarsi</strong> | <em>to look at each other</em><br />
<strong> incontrarsi</strong> | <em>to run into each other</em><br />
<strong> innamorarsi</strong> | <em>to fall in love with each other</em><br />
<strong> lasciarsi</strong> | <em>to leave each other; to break up</em> (a relationship)<br />
<strong> parlarsi</strong> | <em>to talk to each other</em><br />
<strong> salutarsi</strong> | <em>to greet each other</em><br />
<strong> scriversi </strong>| <em>to write to each other</em><br />
<strong> telefonarsi</strong> | <em>to phone each other</em><br />
<strong> vedersi</strong> | <em>to see each other</em></p></blockquote>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/LjYlM7dLSX5UC2Hc32mBGsgfWfw/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/LjYlM7dLSX5UC2Hc32mBGsgfWfw/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/LjYlM7dLSX5UC2Hc32mBGsgfWfw/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/LjYlM7dLSX5UC2Hc32mBGsgfWfw/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/jermNsRdcVg" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/08/26/lesson-26-reciprocal-constructions-costruzioni-reciproche/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/08/26/lesson-26-reciprocal-constructions-costruzioni-reciproche/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#189: Understanding verbs — assumere</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/nb1nNb0VEKg/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/08/18/lesson-189-understanding-verbs-assumere/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 18 Aug 2009 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[assumere]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Understanding verbs]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=53</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Italian has a lot of those words that seem like they might mean the same thing in English but in reality, are not. They are called false friends, and one of these friends is the transitive verb, assumere, which means: to hire, to employ to take something on, such as a responsibility, a task, etc. [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Italian has a lot of those words <span style="font-style: italic;">that seem</span> like they might mean the same thing in English but in reality, are not.  They are called <span style="font-style: italic;">false friends</span>, and one of these friends is the transitive verb, <span style="font-weight: bold;">assumere, </span>which means:</p>
<blockquote><p><em>to hire, to employ<br />
to take something on, such as a responsibility, a task, etc.<br />
to assume, as in to assume the shape of something</em></p></blockquote>
<p>The past participle of <span style="font-weight: bold;">assumere</span> is <span style="font-weight: bold;">assunto</span>.  <span style="font-weight: bold;">Avere</span> is used in compound tenses.  <span style="font-weight: bold;">Assumere</span> is irregular in the <a href="http://ilgur.com/2008/04/10/lesson-57-passato-remoto/">passato remoto</a>.  Go to <a href="http://www.italian-verbs.com/">Italian-Verbs.com</a> to see <a href="http://www.italian-verbs.com/italian-verbs/conjugation.php?verbo=assumere">the verb</a> conjugated in all its tenses and moods.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s look at some examples of the verb&#8217;s usage:</p>
<blockquote><p>Il capo mi ha avvisato che devo <span style="font-weight: bold;">assumere</span> dieci nuovi assistenti per questo nuovo progetto.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">The boss informed me that I have to hire 10 new employees for this new project.</span></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>
Perchè Marcello <span style="font-weight: bold;">ha assunto</span> responsabilità di organizzare la nostra vacanza? È meglio se lo aiutiamo?</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">Why did Marcello assume the responsibility for organizing our vacation?  Isn&#8217;t it better if we help?</span></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>
L&#8217;uomo misterioso <span style="font-weight: bold;">ha assunto</span> la forma di un cane per nascondersi dalla polizia.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">The myterious man assumed the form of a dog in order to hide from the police.</span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
To assume</span> in the sense of <span style="font-style: italic;">to suppose</span>, when one might say &#8220;He assumes that we are going to Europe,&#8221; requires different verbs &#8211;  <span style="font-weight: bold;">supporre </span>or <span style="font-weight: bold;">presumere</span>.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s look at some examples:</p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Presumo</span> che non ci vediamo più?</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">I assume that we are not going to see each other anymore?</span></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Hai supposto </span>che avessi rubato i soldi perché ho avuto un passato difficile?</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">You assumed that I had stolen the money because I had a difficult past?</span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Presumere</span> and <span style="font-weight: bold;">supporre</span> both have irregular past participles: <span style="font-weight: bold;">presunto</span> and <span style="font-weight: bold;">supposto</span>, respectively.  <span style="font-weight: bold;">Avere</span> is used for both verbs in compound tenses.</p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/Qe_BVZJ6y1qWkDIJskqG5MwHeLw/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/Qe_BVZJ6y1qWkDIJskqG5MwHeLw/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/Qe_BVZJ6y1qWkDIJskqG5MwHeLw/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/Qe_BVZJ6y1qWkDIJskqG5MwHeLw/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/nb1nNb0VEKg" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/08/18/lesson-189-understanding-verbs-assumere/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/08/18/lesson-189-understanding-verbs-assumere/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#188: Understanding verbs — sopportare and supportare</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/5QNN1ACfa3o/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/08/12/lesson-188-understanding-verbs-sopportare-and-supportare/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 12 Aug 2009 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[sopportare]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[supportare]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Understanding verbs]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=54</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Here are two useful verbs in Italian, sopportare and supportare, that can often confuse learners because of the similarities of their spelling and pronunciation.  Because the verbs have different meanings, it&#8217;s important to understand how they are used and their meaning in English in order to avoid confusion: The verb, sopportare (pp: sopportato) means to [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Here are two useful verbs in Italian, <strong>sopportare</strong> and <strong>supportare</strong>, that can often confuse learners because of the similarities of their spelling and pronunciation.   Because the verbs have different meanings, it&#8217;s important to understand how they are used and their meaning in English in order to avoid confusion:</p>
<p>The verb,<strong> sopportare</strong> (pp: <strong>sopportato</strong>) means<em> to support</em>, as in:<em> to tolerate, to bear, to stand, to put up with someone or something</em>.</p>
<p>This verb can also mean <strong>to support</strong> in the context of supporting weight or traffic (such as describing roads and bridges, architectural structures, etc.):</p>
<blockquote><p>Il tetto non riesce a <strong>sopportare</strong> il peso della struttura.</p>
<p><em>The roof is not able to support the weight of the structure.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>The verb, <strong>supportare</strong> (pp: <strong>supportato</strong>) means <em>to support</em>,  as in: <em>to support, to back</em>.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s look at some examples:</p>
<blockquote><p>Non riesco a <strong>sopportare</strong> tuo fratello.  È una persona cattiva!</p>
<p><em>I can&#8217;t stand your brother.  He is a wicked person!</em></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>Luisa <strong>sopporta</strong> la visione del programma solamente perché a te piace molto</p>
<p><em>Luisa tolerates watching the program only because you like it a lot.</em></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>Ti <strong>supporto</strong> e la tua decisione di tornare all&#8217;università.</p>
<p><em>I support you and your decision to return to college.</em></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>La società non<strong> supporta</strong> più questo programma.</p>
<p><em>The company doesn&#8217;t support this program anymore.</em></p></blockquote>
<p><strong>NB</strong>: Avere is used in compound tenses for both verbs.</p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/6mif08dpRdWkjgqOPH4o2qBwe_Y/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/6mif08dpRdWkjgqOPH4o2qBwe_Y/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/6mif08dpRdWkjgqOPH4o2qBwe_Y/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/6mif08dpRdWkjgqOPH4o2qBwe_Y/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/5QNN1ACfa3o" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/08/12/lesson-188-understanding-verbs-sopportare-and-supportare/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/08/12/lesson-188-understanding-verbs-sopportare-and-supportare/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#187: Expressing “since” in Italian</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/OZgMUAgq_Jc/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/08/03/lesson-187-expressing-since-in-italian/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 03 Aug 2009 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[adverbs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[articulated prepositions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[conjunctions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[dato che]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[present tense + da]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[since]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[visto che]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=55</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Since is one of those English words that can get a bit confusing when trying to find its equivalent in Italian because it&#8217;s one of those words that is not simply a direct translation.  Recently, a reader asked me to explain the uses of visto che and dato che and decided to combine the readers [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>Since</em> is one of those English words that can get a bit confusing when trying to find its equivalent in Italian because it&#8217;s one of those words that is not simply a direct translation.  Recently, a reader asked me to explain the uses of <strong>visto che</strong> and <strong>dato che</strong> and decided to combine the readers question into the more expanded topic of <em>since</em>.</p>
<p>In English, <em>since</em> can be a preposition, adverb or a conjunction.  Let&#8217;s look at how this all works in Italian:</p>
<h3><em>Since</em> as a <strong>preposition</strong>:</h3>
<p>As a preposition, <em>since</em> is translated with<strong> the preposition, da</strong> &#8212; this is usually with time expressions:</p>
<blockquote><p>Suono il flauto <strong>da</strong> 13 anni.</p>
<p>I have been playing the flute for thirteen years.</p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>Faccio il professore <strong>dal</strong> 2003.</p>
<p><em>I have been a teacher since 2003.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>Notice the use of the <a href="http://ilgur.com/2008/06/13/lesson-27-present-tense-da-time-expression-present-perfect-continuous/">present tense + da</a> &#8212; you can read more about that <a href="http://ilgur.com/2008/06/13/lesson-27-present-tense-da-time-expression-present-perfect-continuous/">here</a>.</p>
<h3><em>Since</em> as <strong>a conjunction:</strong></h3>
<p>As a conjunction, since is expressed in two ways:</p>
<p>1) <em>from the time when</em> | <strong>da quando, dal tempo in cui: </strong> This usage is similar to <em>since</em> as a preposition except that this is used as a conjunction  - remember in this construction as a conjunction, it must join two clauses.</p>
<blockquote><p>Suono il flauto <strong>da quando</strong> avevo 13 anni.</p>
<p><em>I have been playing the flute <span style="text-decoration: underline;">since </span>I was thirteen.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>2) <em>because, given that</em> | <strong>visto che, dato che, poiché </strong></p>
<blockquote><p>Non andiamo al cinema <strong>visto che</strong> sei stanco.</p>
<p>We are not going to the cinema seeing that (since) you are tired.</p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p><strong>Dato che</strong> non sei abituato al caldo, forse è meglio non uscire questo pomeriggio.</p>
<p><em>Given that you are not used to the heat, perhaps it is better not go out this afternoon.</em></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p><strong>Poiché</strong> nevicava, ho deciso di stare a casa.  Le strade sono pericolose!</p>
<p><em>Since it was snowing, I decided to stay home.  The streets are dangerous.</em></p></blockquote>
<p><strong>NB:</strong> Visto che and dato che can be used synonymously.</p>
<h3><em>Since</em> as an <strong>adverb</strong>:</h3>
<p>Since can also be used adverbially.  In English, <em>since</em> can mean <em>subsequently</em> and usually refers to some previous point in the past. It can also refer to a definite point in the past that relates to the present or can be synonymous with &#8220;ago&#8221;:</p>
<p>When since means <em>subsequently</em>, use <strong>da allora</strong>:</p>
<blockquote><p>Non l&#8217;ho vista <strong>da allora</strong>.</p>
<p><em>I have not seen her since.</em></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p><strong>Da allora</strong> ci siamo visti ogni estate.</p>
<p><em>We&#8217;ve seen each other every summer since.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>Take note of these English expressions using since and their approximate Italian equivalents:</p>
<p><em>not long since</em> | <strong>da poco, da poco tempo</strong><br />
<em>ever since</em> | <strong>da allora</strong><br />
<em>long since</em> | <strong>da molto, da molto tempo, da un pezzo</strong><br />
<em>many years since</em> | <strong>molti anni fa</strong></p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/za0IFxOOQZ5r2rppAOWS8uDbcOY/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/za0IFxOOQZ5r2rppAOWS8uDbcOY/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/za0IFxOOQZ5r2rppAOWS8uDbcOY/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/za0IFxOOQZ5r2rppAOWS8uDbcOY/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/OZgMUAgq_Jc" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/08/03/lesson-187-expressing-since-in-italian/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/08/03/lesson-187-expressing-since-in-italian/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#186: Understanding Verbs — divorziare (da)</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/0JmswJYJhVk/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/07/31/lesson-186-understanding-verbs-divorziare-da/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 31 Jul 2009 14:26:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[divorziare]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Understanding verbs]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=56</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The verb, divorziare (da), means to divorce. When divorcing someone (such as your husband/wife), you must use the preposition, da, before the person that you are divorcing: Ho divorziato da mia moglie. I divorced my wife. The reason for this construction is that divorziare is an intransitive verb &#8212; this means that the direct object [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The verb, <span style="font-weight: bold;">divorziare (da)</span>, means <em>to divorce</em>.</p>
<ul></ul>
<p>When divorcing someone (such as your husband/wife), you must use the preposition, <span style="font-weight: bold;">da</span>, before the person that you are divorcing:</p>
<blockquote><p>Ho divorziato <span style="font-weight: bold;">da</span> mia moglie.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">I divorced my wife</span>.</p></blockquote>
<p>The reason for this construction is that <span style="font-weight: bold;">divorziare</span> is an intransitive verb &#8212; this means that the direct object <span style="font-style: italic;">never</span> follows the verb.</p>
<p>This verb can also be used generally, too:</p>
<blockquote><p>I miei genitori <span style="font-weight: bold;">stanno divorziando</span>.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">My parents are divorcing.</span></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Abbiamo divorziato</span> dopo un anno perché mia moglie mi ha tradito.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">We divorced after a year because my wife was unfaithful to me.<br />
</span></p></blockquote>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/0jbXkWoW5jvJc8a_HYYSLGUWrqc/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/0jbXkWoW5jvJc8a_HYYSLGUWrqc/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/0jbXkWoW5jvJc8a_HYYSLGUWrqc/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/0jbXkWoW5jvJc8a_HYYSLGUWrqc/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/0JmswJYJhVk" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/07/31/lesson-186-understanding-verbs-divorziare-da/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/07/31/lesson-186-understanding-verbs-divorziare-da/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#185: Understanding verbs — riflettere</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/ykD6eDl9uPY/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/07/28/lesson-185-understanding-verbs-riflettere/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2009 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[riflettere]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Understanding verbs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[verbs with two past participles]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=57</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[I want to open this post by saying how important it is to use your Italian as often as you can &#8211; whether it&#8217;s by chatting with your friends online or talking to them using programs like Skype &#8211; because it&#8217;s one of the best ways to learn new things and to iron out any [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I want to open this post by saying how important it is to use your Italian as often as you can &#8211; whether it&#8217;s by chatting with your friends online or talking to them using programs like Skype &#8211; because it&#8217;s one of the best ways to learn new things and to iron out any errors that may tend to creep into your Italian.</p>
<p>One such error reared its ugly head yesterday when chatting with my friend, Adriano.  And that error was my use of the verb, <span style="font-weight: bold;">riflettere</span> &#8212; below is a conjucation of the verb in the present tense:</p>
<p><a href="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_z72W77scdK4/Sm4RTCl4nZI/AAAAAAAAAus/sJSWlYOjitA/s1600-h/riflettere.JPG" onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}"><img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5363243225055796626" style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer; width: 299px; height: 161px;" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_z72W77scdK4/Sm4RTCl4nZI/AAAAAAAAAus/sJSWlYOjitA/s400/riflettere.JPG" border="0" alt="" /></a><span style="font-weight: bold;"><br />
Riflettere</span>, like many Italian verbs, is both <span style="font-weight: bold;">transitive</span> and <span style="font-weight: bold;">intransitive</span>. As a transitive verb, <span style="font-weight: bold;">riflettere</span> means &#8220;to reflect&#8221; &#8212; remember that as a transitive verb it must have a direct object.  The verb is used in this way when something <span style="font-style: italic;">reflects</span> something &#8211; such as a mirror, which reflects light.  Or perhaps the blacktop which reflects heat, etc.</p>
<p>The verb can also be used transitively in a figurative way &#8211; such as a work of art or work of writing which might <span style="font-style: italic;">reflect</span> the historical period or a specific mood.</p>
<blockquote><p>Le pozzanghere <span style="font-weight: bold;">riflettono</span> la luce del sole.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">The puddles are reflecting the sunlight.</span></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-style: italic;"> </span>Le opere di Hemingway <span style="font-weight: bold;">riflettono</span> lo spirito del tempo del Novecento.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;"><span style="font-style: italic;">The works of Hemingway reflect the zeitgeist of the 20th century.</span></span></p></blockquote>
<p>As an intransitive verb, <span style="font-weight: bold;">riflettere</span> means <em>to reflect</em> in the sense of <span style="font-style: italic;">to think, to ponder, to consider</span>, or <span style="font-style: italic;">to weigh</span>.</p>
<blockquote><p>Devo <span style="font-weight: bold;">riflettere</span> bene prima di fare una decisione.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">I have to think it over before making a decision.</span></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>Dopo <span style="font-weight: bold;">aver</span> molto <span style="font-weight: bold;">riflettuto</span> ha deciso di divorziare da suo marito.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">After much thought she decided to divorce her husband.</span></p></blockquote>
<p>When used reflexively, it can mean <em>to have repercussions</em> or <em>to affect</em>:</p>
<blockquote><p>Le scelte economiche dei politici <span lang="it"><span style="font-weight: bold;">si rifletteranno</span> su tutti i disoccupati.</span></p>
<p><em>The politicians political choices will have repercussions on all the unemployed.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>It can also mean <em>to be reflected</em>:</p>
<blockquote><p>Che bello!  Le nuvole <span style="font-weight: bold;">si riflettono</span> nell&#8217;acqua del lago!</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">How beautiful!  The clouds are reflected in the water of the lake.<br />
</span></p></blockquote>
<p>Another point to consider is that this verb has two past participles: <span style="font-weight: bold;">riflesso</span>, for when the verb is used transitively, and <span style="font-weight: bold;">riflettuto</span> for when the verb is used intransitively or reflexively.<span style="font-weight: bold;">Avere</span> is used in compound tenses regardless of whether the verb is used transitively or intransitively.</p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/ZKdH8xJs8OQZ_WQJQx9iJ1WMb0M/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/ZKdH8xJs8OQZ_WQJQx9iJ1WMb0M/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/ZKdH8xJs8OQZ_WQJQx9iJ1WMb0M/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/ZKdH8xJs8OQZ_WQJQx9iJ1WMb0M/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/ykD6eDl9uPY" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/07/28/lesson-185-understanding-verbs-riflettere/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/07/28/lesson-185-understanding-verbs-riflettere/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#184: Understanding Verbs — salutare</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/ePDRO2QIxXQ/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/07/20/lesson-184-understanding-verbs-salutare/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2009 12:48:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[salutare]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Understanding verbs]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=58</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The verb, salutare, can be slightly confusing for English speakers because the verb has two meanings which oppose each other.  It can mean to greet, to say hello to or  to say good-bye to. The way that you discover the intended meaning is through the context in which the verb is used, and even then [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The verb, <span style="font-weight: bold;">salutare</span>, can be slightly confusing for English speakers because the verb has two meanings which oppose each other.  It can mean <em>to greet, to say hello to </em>or  <em>to say good-bye to.</em></p>
<p><a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_z72W77scdK4/SmRst4Lg8lI/AAAAAAAAAtc/VOPSEb6x3S4/s1600-h/salutare.JPG" onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}"><img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5360528991908328018" style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer; width: 346px; height: 147px;" src="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_z72W77scdK4/SmRst4Lg8lI/AAAAAAAAAtc/VOPSEb6x3S4/s400/salutare.JPG" border="0" alt="" /></a></p>
<p>The way that you discover the intended meaning is through the context in which the verb is used, and even then it might not seem clear.  Let&#8217;s look at some examples:</p>
<blockquote><p>Lo aveva salutato qualche minuto prima per andare a comprare il pane.</p>
<p><em>She said good-bye to him some minutes before in order to go buy bread.</em></p></blockquote>
<p><em> </em>This is a good example of how context of the sentence can help us to know which meaning of the verb is intended.  Because she is going to buy bread, it is more logical that she is saying good-bye as she is leaving to go out to do some shopping.</p>
<p>And this example:</p>
<blockquote><p>Diecimila fedeli hanno salutato il Papa quando è arrivato in centro.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">10,000 parishoners greeted the Pope when he arrived downtown.</span></p></blockquote>
<p>Again, the context helps in determining the meaning of the verb.  It tends to be more logical <span style="font-style: italic;">to greet</span> someone upon their arrival.  Little clues such as this will help you in using and understanding the verb.</p>
<h4>Some points to remember:</h4>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-weight: normal;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Salutare</span> is also a transitive verb and requires <span style="font-weight: bold;">avere</span> in compound tenses.  Remember that the person or thing to which you are greeting/saying good-bye to is a direct object in Italian, <span style="font-style: italic;">not</span> an indirect object<span style="font-style: italic;">.</span></span></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-weight: normal;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Salutare</span> is a regular verb in in Italian; the past participle is <span style="font-weight: bold;">salutato</span>.</span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><span style="font-weight: normal;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Be careful </span>not to confuse the verb, <span style="font-weight: bold;">salutare</span>, which the adjective which can mean <span style="font-style: italic;">healthy/</span><span style="font-style: italic;">wholesome</span> or <span style="font-style: italic;">beneficial</span>.</span></span></p>
<h4>Useful expressions using the verb, <span style="font-weight: bold;">salutare</span>:</h4>
<p>-<strong> venire a salutare</strong> <span style="font-style: italic;">| to visit, to drop by</span></p>
<blockquote><p>Sono venuto a <strong>salutarti</strong> ieri sera ma non sei stato a casa.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;"><span style="font-style: italic;">I dropped by yesterday evening but you were not at home.</span></span></p></blockquote>
<p>- <strong>salutarsi</strong> | <em>to greet each other; to say good-bye to each other; to exchange greetings</em></p>
<p>- <strong>salutarsi con una stretta di mano</strong> <span style="font-style: italic;">| to shake hands</span></p>
<p>- <strong>non salutarsi più</strong><span style="font-style: italic;"> to no longer be on speaking terms</span></p>
<blockquote><p>Non <strong>ci salutiamo</strong> più.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">We are no longer on speaking terms.</span><br />
<em>We do not speak to each other anymore.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>- <strong>Salutamela</strong>! | <em>Tell her I said hi</em>!</p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/SKQutUoZIsTOVD-cLlkmt1kNRJo/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/SKQutUoZIsTOVD-cLlkmt1kNRJo/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/SKQutUoZIsTOVD-cLlkmt1kNRJo/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/SKQutUoZIsTOVD-cLlkmt1kNRJo/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/ePDRO2QIxXQ" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/07/20/lesson-184-understanding-verbs-salutare/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/07/20/lesson-184-understanding-verbs-salutare/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#183: The pronoun, chi | Il pronome, chi</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/yzYb2RyDg3g/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/06/04/lesson-183-the-pronoun-chi-il-pronome-chi/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 04 Jun 2009 14:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[chi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[i pronomi interrogativi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[interrogatives]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pronomi relativi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[relative pronouns]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=59</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The pronoun, chi, has several functions in Italian grammar. It typically corresponds to the English who or to whom but it can have other meanings. Chi is only used to refer to people &#8211; never to things. As an interrogative pronoun (pronome interrogativo): Chi is commonly found in questions, and, as such, it is an [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The pronoun, <span style="font-weight: bold;">chi</span>, has several functions in Italian grammar.  It typically corresponds to the English <span style="font-style: italic;">who</span> or <span style="font-style: italic;">to whom</span> but it can have other meanings.  <strong>Chi </strong>is only used to refer to people &#8211; never to things.</p>
<h4>As an <span style="font-weight: bold;">interrogative pronoun </span>(<span style="font-weight: bold;">pronome interrogativo</span>): <span style="font-weight: bold;"> </span></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Chi </span>is commonly found in questions, and, as such, it is an <span style="font-weight: bold;">interrogative pronoun</span>.  It can function as the subject or as an indirect object or object of the preposition (<span style="font-weight: bold;">complement indiretto</span>):</p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Chi</span> vuole andare al cinema?<span style="font-style: italic;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">Who wants to go to the movies?</span></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Chi</span> ha comprato quella macchina blu?<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">Who bought that blue car?</span></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Con chi</span> vedi il film?<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">With whom are you seeing the film?</span></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Da chi</span> vai domani sera?<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">To whose house are you going tomorrow?</span></p></blockquote>
<p>Readers often ask &#8211; how do you know if it is the subject or the indirect object/object of the preposition.  <strong>First</strong>, when <span style="font-weight: bold;">chi</span> functions as an <span style="text-decoration: underline;">indirect object/object of the preposition</span>, it will have a preposition before it (<span style="font-style: italic;">di, da, con, </span>etc.).  <strong>Second</strong>, the form of the verb can also be something other than the third person singular (see the last two examples above).  Otherwise, when <span style="font-weight: bold;">chi</span> is the subject, the verb is always in the third person singular (see the first two examples above).<span style="font-style: italic;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Chi di + tonic pronoun noi, voi</span><span> or <span style="font-weight: bold;">loro</span></span> can have the meaning <span style="font-style: italic;">Which of</span> in questions:<span style="font-style: italic;"> </span></p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Chi di noi&#8230;? | </span><span style="font-style: italic;">Which of us&#8230;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Chi di voi&#8230;</span><span style="font-style: italic;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">?</span>| Which of you&#8230;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Chi di loro&#8230;?</span><span style="font-style: italic;"> | Which of them&#8230;</span></p></blockquote>
<p>For example:</p>
<blockquote><p><span><span style="font-weight: bold;"><strong> </strong>Chi di noi</span> va alla festa di Daniela?</span></p>
<p><span><span style="font-style: italic;">Which of us is going to Daniela&#8217;s party?</span></span></p></blockquote>
<p>It&#8217;s possible that you could have phrases such as <span style="font-style: italic;">Chi di me</span> (Which of me&#8230;) if you&#8217;re being existential or philosophical (you might hear it in songs or see it in poetry), but it&#8217;s generally used in the plural (<span style="font-weight: bold;">noi, voi, loro</span><span>).<br />
</span><br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Di chi</span> can mean <span style="font-style: italic;">whose</span> when forming questions:</p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Di chi</span> è questo?</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">Whose is this?</span></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Di chi</span> sono questi?</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">Whose are these?</span></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Di chi</span> sono queste chiavi?</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">Whose keys are these?</span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Chi </span>is heard often over the telephone, as in the following expressions:</p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Chi </span>parla?<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"> </span></span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">Who&#8217;s calling?</span><span style="font-style: italic;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"> </span><br />
</span></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Con chi</span> sto parlando?<span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
</span><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;"><span style="font-style: italic;">With whom am I speaking?<br />
</span></span></p></blockquote>
<h4>As a <span style="font-weight: bold;">relative pronoun </span>(<span style="font-weight: bold;">pronome relativo</span>):</h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Chi </span>can also be used as a relative pronoun (<span style="font-weight: bold;">pronome relativo</span>) as either the subject or an indirect object/object of the preposition (<span style="font-weight: bold;">complemento indiretto</span>).  It has the following meanings:<span style="font-style: italic;"> </span></p>
<p><em>the person who, the one who</em><span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
the man/woman who/whom<br />
the people/those who/whom<br />
someone who/somebody who<br />
anyone who </span><span>(in negative phrases)</span></p>
<p><strong>It should be pointed out that chi </strong>does not require an antecedent and is often considered a &#8220;<em>double pronoun</em>&#8221; because it is both the antecedent and the relative pronoun simultaneously. <span style="font-weight: bold;">Chi</span> can also be preceded by prepositions in the following combinations:</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">a chi</span></p>
<blockquote><p>Lascerò la mia eredità <span style="font-weight: bold;">a chi</span> si comporterà meglio nei miei riguardi.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">I will leave my inheritance to those who behave better towards me.</span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">con chi</span></p>
<blockquote><p>I miei figli giocano <span style="font-weight: bold;">con chi</span> c&#8217;è al parco.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">My children play with who is there at the park.<br />
</span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">da chi</span></p>
<blockquote><p>Il governo prende <span style="font-weight: bold;">da chi</span> può pagare.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">The government takes from whoever is able to pay.<br />
</span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">di chi</span></p>
<blockquote><p>Quel giornalaccio parla <span style="font-weight: bold;">di chi</span> vive scadalosamente.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">That rag talks about whoever lives scandalously.<br />
</span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">in chi</span></p>
<blockquote><p>Ho fiducia <span style="font-weight: bold;">in chi</span> dice la verità.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">I trust those who tell the truth.<br />
</span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">per chi</span></p>
<blockquote><p>Ho votato <span style="font-weight: bold;">per chi</span> è sembrato il più onesto.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">I voted for whoever see</span><span style="font-style: italic;">med the most honest.</span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">su chi</span></p>
<blockquote><p>Gennaro è sfortunattissimo alle corse. Punta sempre <span style="font-weight: bold;">su chi</span> perde<span style="font-style: italic;">.<br />
</span></p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">Gennaro is unlucky at the track.  He bets always on those who lose.<br />
</span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">tra/fra chi</span></p>
<blockquote><p>Sceglierò a chi dare i miei regali solamente <span style="font-weight: bold;">tra chi</span> mi porterà in vacanza con lui</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">I will choose who to give my gifts only among those who will bring me on vacation with them.</span></p></blockquote>
<p>Remember that a relative pronoun joins a relative clause to the main clause.  <span style="font-weight: bold;">Chi</span> does not require an antecedent (unlike <a href="http://ilgur.com/2009/03/23/lesson-205-functions-of-the-pronoun-che/"><span style="font-weight: bold;">che</span></a> and <a href="http://ilgur.com/2009/03/03/lesson-172-il-pronome-relativo-cui-the-relative-pronoun-cui/"><span>cui</span></a>) as it functions as both the relative pronoun and antecedent at the same time.</p>
<p>Another important aspect of <span style="font-weight: bold;">chi </span>is the fact that, since it lacks an antecedent, it usually describes an unknown person. In English, we might say something like <span style="font-style: italic;">I have to find someone who can write in French. </span>We don&#8217;t know <span style="font-style: italic;">who</span> exactly we will find.</p>
<p>Here are some examples in Italian:</p>
<blockquote><p>Devo trovare <span style="font-weight: bold;">chi</span> sa scrivere in francese.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">I have to find someone who knows how to write in French.</span></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>Non posso ricordarmi <span style="font-weight: bold;">chi </span>è arrivato con Emilio.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">I can&#8217;t remember who arrived with Emilio.</span></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Chi</span> spende sempre non risparmia mai.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">Those who always spend never save.</span></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Chi</span> dice cazzate sembrerà stupido.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">He (or she) who talks nonsense will seem stupid.</span><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">Those who talk nonsense will seem stupid</span>.</p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>Non mi piace <span style="font-weight: bold;">chi</span> mente.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">I don&#8217;t like those who lie.</span></p></blockquote>
<p><span><span style="font-weight: bold;">Chi </span>can also mean </span><span style="font-style: italic;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"></span>whoever, anyone:</span></p>
<blockquote><p><span>Assuma <span style="font-weight: bold;">chi</span> vuole. Lei è il capo.</span><span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
</span></p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">Hire anyone/whoever you want. You are the boss.</span></p></blockquote>
<p><span><span style="font-weight: bold;">Chi di + noi/voi/loro</span> can also be used as a relative pronoun to mean <span style="font-style: italic;">Those of us/you/them who</span>:</span></p>
<blockquote><p><span><span style="font-weight: bold;">Chi di voi</span> vuole sapere di più della situazione politica può consultare al mio sito web.<br />
</span></p>
<p><span><span style="font-style: italic;">Those of you who want to know more about the political situation can visit my web site.</span></span></p></blockquote>
<p><span><span style="font-weight: bold;">Chi (&#8230;chi</span>) can also mean: <span style="font-style: italic;">some people&#8230;others</span><span style="font-weight: bold;">.  Chi</span> can also be used correlatively, that is two pronouns that refer to two distinct groups of the same thing, as in English we might say &#8220;some&#8221; or &#8220;some people&#8221; and &#8220;others&#8221;:</span></p>
<blockquote><p><span>C&#8217;è</span><span style="font-weight: bold;"> chi</span> viaggia, <span style="font-weight: bold;">chi</span> sta a casa.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">Some people travel, others stay home.</span></p></blockquote>
<p>When studying relative pronouns, it&#8217;s important to understand how they differ so that you can use them correctly &#8212; if you listen to spoken Italian on TV, on the radio or among your Italian friends, you&#8217;ll find that they don&#8217;t use <span style="font-weight: bold;">che</span> for every sentence.  Italian is a language that is spoken well when it is varied.</p>
<p>If you&#8217;re unsure of when to use<span style="font-weight: bold;"> <a href="http://ilgur.com/2009/03/03/lesson-172-il-pronome-relativo-cui-the-relative-pronoun-cui/">cui</a></span> or when to use <span style="font-weight: bold;">chi</span>, one important distinction is that <span style="font-weight: bold;">cui</span> requires an antecedent.  You might become confused because both  and <span style="font-weight: bold;">cui </span>and <span style="font-weight: bold;">chi</span> can be preceded by preposition.  Take a look at the example below:</p>
<blockquote><p>Dottore Giambattista, <span style="font-weight: bold;">da cui</span> sono andato ieri, ha studiato a Milano con mio padre.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">Doctor Giambattista, who I went to yesterday, studied in Milan with my father.</span></p></blockquote>
<p>You <span style="text-decoration: underline;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">cannot</span> <strong>use</strong> <span style="font-weight: bold;">chi</span></span> in this example for one very important reason &#8211; <span style="font-weight: bold;">da cui</span> refers back to <span style="font-weight: bold;">Dottore Giambattista</span>.  We <span style="font-style: italic;">know</span> who we are speaking about<span style="font-weight: bold;">, Dr. Giambbatista </span>(<span style="font-weight: bold;">the antecedent</span>).</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s look at the example below:</p>
<blockquote><p>Annalisa: Vai da un medico specifico?</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">Annalisa: Are you going to a particular doctor?<br />
</span><br />
Marco: Vado <span style="font-weight: bold;">da chi</span> riesce a curare la mia malattia.<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;"></span></p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;"><span style="font-style: italic;">Marco: </span>I am going to whomever is able to cure my illness.</span></p></blockquote>
<p>We use <span style="font-weight: bold;">da chi</span> instead of <a href="http://ilgur.com/2009/03/03/lesson-172-il-pronome-relativo-cui-the-relative-pronoun-cui/"><span style="font-weight: bold;">cui</span></a> because there&#8217;s no antecedent &#8211; we don&#8217;t know which doctor Marco will see because Marco hasn&#8217;t said (perhaps even he doesn&#8217;t know or even care).  However, if we have an antecedent, then we must use <span style="font-weight: bold;">cui</span>:</p>
<blockquote><p>Marco: Vado a visitare Dottor Giambattista <span style="font-weight: bold;">da cui</span> va mia madre.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">Marco: I&#8217;m going to see Dottor Giambattista whom my mother goes to.</span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Downloads:<br />
</span><a href="http://italian.engagedthinking.com/lessons/Lesson_183.pdf">Click here</a> to download a pdf version of this lesson.<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br />
</span></p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/yY93NPfNcT_7U1nWGaIpo6mG5gE/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/yY93NPfNcT_7U1nWGaIpo6mG5gE/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/yY93NPfNcT_7U1nWGaIpo6mG5gE/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/yY93NPfNcT_7U1nWGaIpo6mG5gE/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/yzYb2RyDg3g" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/06/04/lesson-183-the-pronoun-chi-il-pronome-chi/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/06/04/lesson-183-the-pronoun-chi-il-pronome-chi/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#182: Use of anche / L’uso di anche</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/zafrl7DtnKw/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/06/01/lesson-182-use-of-anche-luso-di-anche/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 01 Jun 2009 08:58:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[anche]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[congiunzioni]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[conjunctions]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=60</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[A user recently asked me to delve into the complexities of the conjunction, anche. There are some aspects of Italian that, once understood and even used, will set you off from the pack, so to speak, and give your Italian a more native flair. The use of anche is one of them — see below [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A user recently asked me to delve into the complexities of the conjunction, <strong>anche</strong>. There are some aspects of Italian that, once understood and even used, will set you off from the pack, so to speak, and give your Italian a more native flair. The <strong>use of anche</strong> is one of them — see below for some rules and guidelines involving this trouble word:</p>
<p>Generally, <strong>anche</strong> does not start a sentence in Italian, especially when it modifies a personal form of the verb – use instead <strong>inoltre</strong> or <strong>oppure</strong>. Or, alternatively, you can place anche later in the sentence:</p>
<blockquote><p>Vai <strong>anche</strong> al cinema.<br />
<strong>Inoltre</strong> vai al cinema.<br />
<strong>Oppure</strong> vai al cinema.</p>
<p><em>You too are going to the cinema.<br />
</em><br />
<em> </em><strong></strong></p></blockquote>
<p><strong>Anche precedes impersonal forms of the verb</strong> (such as infinitives, gerunds and participles) and as such could be the start of a sentence (see the first example with the infinitive as the subject of the sentence) :</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Anche</strong> leggere nel buio non è sano.<br />
<em></em></p>
<p><em>Also reading in the dark is not healthy.<br />
</em></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>Marco sta <strong>anche</strong> correndo per mettersi in forma.<br />
<em></em></p>
<p><em>Marco is also running to get into shape.<br />
</em></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>Giovanni è un tipo molto studioso. Riesce a studiare <strong>anche</strong> mangiando.<br />
<em></em></p>
<p><em>Giovanni is a very studious type. He is able to study while also eating.<br />
</em><br />
<em> </em></p></blockquote>
<p><strong>As we pointed out previously, a</strong><strong>nche generally does not to begin a sentence</strong>. However, this rule does not apply when <strong>anche</strong> modifies the subject. If the subject is <a href="http://ilgur.com/2008/03/12/lesson-50-subject-pronouns-i-pronomi-soggetti/">a pronoun</a> (io, tu, noi, etc. — nota bene: with io, anche contracts: <strong>anch’io</strong>) then the subject pronoun <em>must be used</em> in the phrase (as you know, subject pronouns are typically omitted):</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Anche</strong> tu vieni da me?</p>
<p><em>You also are coming to my house?<br />
</em></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">This sentence means: You, too, along with the others are coming to my house?<br />
</span></p></blockquote>
<p>Note the difference between the phrase above and this one:</p>
<blockquote><p>Vieni <strong>anche</strong> da me?<br />
<em></em></p>
<p><em>You are also coming to my house?<br />
</em></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">This sentence means: You are also coming to my house along with doing other things (such as shopping, making a cake, babysitting, etc.)</span><br />
<strong></strong></p></blockquote>
<p><strong>Anche</strong> can be used in to add reinforcement, especially when there is a link between two things or between two distinct actions:</p>
<blockquote><p>Hai letto &#8216;Il giorno della civetta&#8217; ed <strong>anche</strong> &#8216;La scomparsa di Marjorana&#8217;?<br />
<em></em></p>
<p><em>Did you read ‘The Day of the Owl’ and also ‘The disappearance of Marjoana’?<br />
</em></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>Stefano è andato al teatro ed <strong>anche</strong> uscito ieri sera.<br />
<em></em></p>
<p><em>Stefano went to the theatre and also went out yesterday evening.<br />
</em><br />
<em> </em><strong></strong></p></blockquote>
<p><strong>Anche</strong> can be used on its own <strong>to affirm a response to a question that was already asked</strong> without repeating <strong>Sì</strong>:</p>
<blockquote><p>Marco: Cerchi il mio libro? | <em>Are you looking for my book</em>?</p>
<p>Anna: Sì.</p>
<p>Marco: E la mia rivista? | <em>And my magazine</em>?</p>
<p>Anna: <strong>Anche</strong>. | <em>Yes, that too or And your magazine</em>.</p></blockquote>
<p>The <strong>placement of anche can change the meaning of a sentence</strong>, and this is especially true in compound tenses. <strong>Anche precedes the element which it modifies</strong>. Be sure that you place <strong>anche</strong> where you want it to make the most sense. In the first example, <strong>anche</strong> modifies the verb, that is past participle, letto:</p>
<blockquote><p>Ho <strong>anche</strong> letto il giornale.</p>
<p><em>Along with doing other things (washing the car, walking the dog, shopping) I also found time to read the paper.<br />
</em></p></blockquote>
<p>In the second example, anche modifies the noun, il giornale:</p>
<blockquote><p>Ho letto <strong>anche</strong> il giornale.</p>
<p><em>Along with reading other things (such as a new book I bought at the bookstore, my child’s report card, an email) I also read the paper.</em></p></blockquote>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/pSNlvtKTsL7HmcFZcVII7zROMJ8/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/pSNlvtKTsL7HmcFZcVII7zROMJ8/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/pSNlvtKTsL7HmcFZcVII7zROMJ8/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/pSNlvtKTsL7HmcFZcVII7zROMJ8/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/zafrl7DtnKw" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/06/01/lesson-182-use-of-anche-luso-di-anche/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/06/01/lesson-182-use-of-anche-luso-di-anche/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#181: Useful Italian Idioms | Modi di dire</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/PI1LN8uY7Jk/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/05/12/lesson-181-useful-italian-idioms-modi-di-dire/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2009 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[idiomatic usages]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[idioms]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[modo di dire]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=62</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Here are some useful Italian expressions, modi di dire, to add to your vocabulary &#8211; they are verb phrases that can be used to mean something else: dare nell&#8217;occhio to attract attention Quella donna dà molto nell&#8217;occhio con la sua camicia stretta!That woman is attracting a lot of attention with that tight shirt. tagliare la [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Here are some useful Italian expressions, <span style="font-style: italic;">modi di dire</span>, to add to your vocabulary &#8211; they are verb phrases that can be used to mean something else:
<ul>
<li>dare nell&#8217;occhio <span style="font-style: italic;">to attract attention</span></p>
<p>Quella donna <span style="font-weight: bold;">dà</span> molto <span style="font-weight: bold;">nell&#8217;occhio</span> con la sua camicia stretta!<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">That woman is attracting a lot of attention with that tight shirt.</span><span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></li>
<li>tagliare la corda <span style="font-style: italic;">to slip away, to sneak off<br /></span><span><br />Mentre il professore era distratto, ne approfittai per <span style="font-weight: bold;">tagliare la corda</span> e andai a fumare.</span><span style="font-style: italic;"><br /><span style="font-style: italic;">While the teacher was distracted, I profited from it in order to slip away and went to smoke.</span></span><span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></li>
<li>gettare la spugna <span style="font-style: italic;">to throw in the towel </span>(i.e. <span style="font-style: italic;">to give up</span>)
<p>Che fai, Maria?? Perché insisti a voler salvare il tuo matrimonio? Faresti meglio a <span style="font-weight: bold;">gettare la spugna</span> ed a divorziare dal tuo marito infedele e bugiardo!<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">What are you doing, Maria??  Why do you insist on wanting to save your marriage?  You would do better to throw in the towel and divorce your unfaithful and lying husband.</span><span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></li>
<li>fare un buco nell&#8217;acqua <span style="font-style: italic;">to fail</span>
<p>Dopo aver studiato per una settimana, <span style="font-weight: bold;">ho fatto un buco nell&#8217;acqua</span> e mi tocca rifare l&#8217;esame l&#8217;anno prossimo.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">After having studied for a week, I failed and it&#8217;s my turn to retake the exam next year.</span><span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></li>
<li>perdere la faccia <span style="font-style: italic;">to lose face</span> (see also: salvare la faccia: <span style="font-style: italic;">to save face</span>)
<p>Il giornale ha rivelato che il politico ha commesso tante indiscrezioni.  Sembra che <span style="font-weight: bold;">abbia</span> <span style="font-weight: bold;">perso la faccia</span> dopo troppi scandali.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">The newspaper revealed that the politician committed so many indiscretions.  It seems that he lost face after too many scandals.</span><span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></li>
<li>essere nato con la camicia <span style="font-style: italic;">to be born with a silver spoon in one&#8217;s mouth
<p></span>Giovanni non lavora mai, ma non è una sorpresa.  Quando <span style="font-weight: bold;">si è nati con la camicia</span>, non non ce n&#8217;è bisogno.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">Giovanni never works, but it is not a surprise.  When one is born with a silver spoon in their mouth, there&#8217;s no need.</span></p>
</li>
<li>mangiare la foglia <span style="font-style: italic;">to smell a rat</span>; <span style="font-style: italic;">to see through something </span>(<span style="font-style: italic;">such as a trick, swindle</span>)
<p>Uno sconosciuto mi ha telefonato e ha detto che ho vinto la lotteria.  <span style="font-weight: bold;">Ho mangiato la foglia</span>!<br /><span style="font-style: italic;"><span style="font-style: italic;">A stranger phoned me and told me that I won the lottery.  I smelled a rat!</span></span></p>
</li>
<li>avere la testa fra le nuvole <span style="font-style: italic;">to have one&#8217;s head in the clouds
<p></span>La professoressa vuole aiutare Marco che non è mai attento e <span style="font-weight: bold;">ha</span> sempre <span style="font-weight: bold;">la testra fra le</span> <span style="font-weight: bold;">nuvole</span>.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">The teacher wants to help Marco, but he never pays attentions and always has his head in the clouds.<br /></span><br />could also say: <span style="font-weight: bold;">essere distratto</p>
<p></span></li>
<li><span>raccontare (dire) per filo e per segno</span><span style="font-weight: bold;"> </span><span><span style="font-style: italic;">to narrate in detail</span></span><span style="font-weight: bold;">
<p></span><span>Giuseppe ama <span style="font-weight: bold;">raccontare</span> i suoi aneddoti d&#8217;infanzia <span style="font-weight: bold;">per filo e per segno</span></span><span style="font-weight: bold;">.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;"></span></span><span><span style="font-style: italic;">Giuseppe loves to tell his childhood anecdotes in detail.</span></span><span style="font-weight: bold;"><span style="font-style: italic;"></span></p>
<p></span></li>
<li><span>piantare in asso</span><span style="font-weight: bold;"> </span><span style="font-style: italic;">to leave in the lurch
<p></span><span>Il mio amico mi <span style="font-weight: bold;">ha piantato in asso</span>.  Adesso devo viaggiare da solo in Germania, e non parlo tedesco.</span><span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span><span><span style="font-style: italic;">My friend left me in the lurch.  Now I have to travel by myself to Germany, and I don&#8217;t speak German.</p>
<p></span></span></li>
<li><span>salvare capra e cavoli <span style="font-style: italic;"></span></span><span style="font-style: italic;">to have it both ways</span><span><span style="font-style: italic;"></span>
<p>Giovanni vuole continuare a vedere Maria e anche vuole rimanere sposato a Marcella.  Come può <span style="font-weight: bold;">salvare capra e cavoli</span>?<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">Giovanni wants to continue to see Maria and he also wants to remain married to Marcella.  How can he have it both ways?</span><br /></span></li>
</ul>
<p>For more <span style="font-style: italic;">modi di dire</span>, <a href="http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Categoria:Modi_di_dire_italiani">check out this page</a> from Wikipedia Italia.</p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/gSlxJeiTHblYJa1KsNqSBLCqaJg/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/gSlxJeiTHblYJa1KsNqSBLCqaJg/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/gSlxJeiTHblYJa1KsNqSBLCqaJg/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/gSlxJeiTHblYJa1KsNqSBLCqaJg/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/PI1LN8uY7Jk" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/05/12/lesson-181-useful-italian-idioms-modi-di-dire/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/05/12/lesson-181-useful-italian-idioms-modi-di-dire/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#180: The figurative sense | Il senso figurato</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/NmtD3pW2HTQ/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/05/08/lesson-180-the-figurative-sense-il-senso-figurato/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 08 May 2009 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[figurative sense/il senso figurato]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[literal sense/il senso letterale]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=63</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[A concept that is often left out of or simply glossed over in many Italian language books (at least, those written for English speakers) is il senso figurato, or the figurative sense of a word. This is where a word can have both a literal meaning (il senso letterale) and a figurative one, as seen [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[A concept that is often left out of or simply glossed over in many Italian language books (at least, those written for English speakers) is <span style="font-weight: bold;">il senso figurato</span>, or the figurative sense of a word. This is where a word can have both a literal meaning (<span style="font-weight: bold;">il senso letterale</span>) and a figurative one, as seen in this English example below:<br /><br /><ol><li>Marco drinks like <span style="font-weight: bold;">a fish</span>.</li><li><span style="font-weight: bold;">The fish</span> is swimming upstream.</li></ol>In the first example, <span style="font-style: italic;">Marco</span> isn&#8217;t <span style="font-style: italic;">really </span>a fish, but he is compared to one in order to make a point about Marco&#8217;s drinking habits. The second example shows the literal use of the word, <span style="font-style: italic;">fish</span>, that is, an animal that swims/inhabits streams, oceans, etc.<br /><br />This works pretty much the same in Italian, with many words having <span style="font-style: italic;">literal</span> and <span style="font-style: italic;">figurative</span> meanings, and it is important when reading or speaking to be able to recognize the differences. A good Italian dictionary will highlight the figurative usage of a word if its exists.<br /><br />Below are some other examples of other words used in this way in Italian:<br /><br /><ul><li>il granchio <span style="font-style: italic;">crab<br /><br /></span>Il piatto di <span style="font-weight: bold;">granchio</span> era buonissimo!<br /><em>The plate of crab was very good!<br /></em><br />Mi dispiace, ma non è corretto. Purtroppo hai preso <span style="font-weight: bold;">un granchio</span>.<br /><em>I&#8217;m sorry, but it is not correct.  Unfortunately, you blundered.</em><br /><br />prendere un granchio <span style="font-style: italic;">to blunder, to mess up</span> (as in: to make a mistake)<br /><br /></li><li>seminare<span style="font-style: italic;"> to sow </span><br /><span style="font-style: italic;"></span><br />Ogni anno <span style="font-weight: bold;">seminiamo</span> il campo a frumento.<br /><em>Every year we sow the wheat field.<br /></em><br />Mia madre ha gridato, &#8220;Non <span style="font-weight: bold;">seminare</span> zizz<u>a</u>nia con tua sorella!&#8221;<br /><em>My mother shouted, &#8220;Don&#8217;t stir things up with your sister!&#8221;</em><br /><br />You&#8217;ll often hear the expression, <span style="font-weight: bold;">Non seminare zizz<u>a</u>nia*</span>, which means &#8220;to sow discord&#8221; but more colloquially it means &#8220;Don&#8217;t make/cause trouble&#8221; or &#8220;Don&#8217;t stir things up&#8221; &#8211; you might hear mothers say this to their young children.<br /><br /><span style="font-style: italic;">*darnel</span> (<span style="font-weight: bold;">la zizzania</span>) is also known as &#8220;fake wheat&#8221; &#8211; it is a weed that resembles wheat and. when eaten in large quantities, can cause hallucinations and even death.<br /><br /></li><li>la frittata <span style="font-style: italic;">omelet<br /><br /></span>Quella <span style="font-weight: bold;">frittata</span> non era difficile da preparare. Riesco a insegnarti se vuoi?<br /><em>That omelet is not difficult to make.  I can teach you if you want?<br /></em><br />Non rivoltare la <span style="font-weight: bold;">frittata</span>! Marco mi ha detto la verità!<br /><em>Don&#8217;t twist the argument!  Marco told me the truth!</em><span style="font-style: italic;"><br /><br /></span>The expression, <span style="font-weight: bold;">rivoltare la frittata</span>, means &#8220;to twist an argument&#8221;; literally it means &#8220;to flip an omelet&#8221;.<br /><br /></li><li>il terremoto <span style="font-style: italic;">earthquake<br /><br /></span><span style="font-weight: bold;">Il terremoto</span> nell&#8217;Aquila ha causato molti danni.<br /><em>The earthquake in Aquila caused a lot of damage.<br /></em><br />Non mi piace quando il figlio di Nada viene da me. È <span style="font-weight: bold;">un terremoto</span>, e passo il resto del giorno sistemare la casa.<br /><br /><em>I don&#8217;t like when Nada&#8217;s son comes to my house.  He is a terror, and I spend the rest of the day cleaning the house.</em><br /><br />Literally, an earthquake is when the earth shakes/rumbles causing a lot of damage as the result of tectonic stresses in the earth&#8217;s crust. Figuratively, it can mean &#8220;whirlwind&#8221; or &#8220;hellion&#8221; to describe a child who can&#8217;t sit still and makes a mess!<br /><br /></li><li>la marea <span style="font-style: italic;">tide<br /><br /></span>L&#8217;alta <span style="font-weight: bold;">marea</span> arriva alle due del pomeriggio.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">The high tide arrives at 2pm.</span><br /><br />Mamma mia! C&#8217;è <span style="font-weight: bold;">una marea</span> di lavoro che devo fare prima di poter scappare.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">Mamma mia! There is a flood of work that I have to do before being able to leave.<br /><br /></span><span style="font-weight: bold;">La marea </span>can mean &#8220;tide&#8221;, such as the one encountered at the ocean. It can also be used to indicate a &#8220;flood&#8221; of something, such as a sudden onslaught of work or a large number of tasks.<br /><br /></li><li>pungente <span style="font-style: italic;">sharp</span><br /><br />Quel coltello è molto <span style="font-weight: bold;">pungente</span>. Stai attento!<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">That knife is very sharp. Watch out!<br /><br /></span>Maria dice sempre cose cattive di noi. I suoi commenti sono sempre <span style="font-weight: bold;">pungenti</span>!<span style="font-style: italic;"><br />Maria always says bad things about us. Her comments are always biting.<br /><br /></span>The adjective, <span style="font-weight: bold;">pungente</span>, which mean &#8220;sharp&#8221; when describing objects like knives, a broken piece of glass, etc. But it can also mean &#8220;biting&#8221; or &#8220;cutting&#8221; when describing someone&#8217;s words or actions.<br /><br /></li><li>la perla <span style="font-style: italic;">pearl<br /><br /></span>Ti piacciono <span style="font-weight: bold;">le perle</span>? Sono da Cina.<span style="font-style: italic;"><br /><span style="font-style: italic;">Do you like the pearls? They are from China.<br /><br /></span></span>Mio marito ed io abbiamo passato una bella vacanza nelle montagne &#8211; la nostra cabina era una propria <span style="font-weight: bold;">perla</span>!<span style="font-style: italic;"><span style="font-style: italic;"><br />My husband and I spent a beautiful vacation in the mountains &#8211; our cabin was a true pearl!<br /><br /><span style="font-style: italic;"></span></span></span><span style="font-weight: bold;">La perla</span> can mean &#8220;pearl&#8221;, like the jewel that comes from oysters. It can also be used to describe something or someone of unique beauty or quality.<br /><br /></li><li>la forchetta <span style="font-style: italic;">fork</span><br /><br />Ho lasciato cadere la forchetta per terra.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">I dropped the fork on the ground.</span><br /><br />Mario è una forchetta e mangia e prepara solo i migliori piatti.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">Mario is a gourmet and eats and prepares only the best dishes.<br /><br /></span>We all know of the fork (<span style="font-style: italic;">la forchetta</span>) that we eat with. But when we describe a person as <span style="font-weight: bold;">una forchetta</span> it means that they enjoy eating or they&#8217;re a gourmet.<br /><br /></li><li>il verme <span style="font-style: italic;">worm</span><br /><br />Quando piove ci sono sempre tanti vermi.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">When it rains, there are always so many worms.<br /><br /></span>Giovanni è proprio un verme &#8212; ha fatto tante cose che non sono etiche.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">Giovanni is really a worm &#8212; he has done so many things that are not ethical.<br /><br /><span style="font-weight: bold;"></span></span><span style="font-weight: bold;">Essere un verme</span> is an expression that means &#8220;to be a worm&#8221; in the sense of being vile and contemptible.<br /></span><br /></li><li>la cozza <sp
an style="font-style: italic;">mussel</span><br /><br />Il mio piatto preferito è gli spaghetti con <span style="font-weight: bold;">le cozze</span>.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">My favorite dish is spaghetti with mussels.</span><br /><br /></span>Non <span style="font-weight: bold;">fare</span> <span style="font-weight: bold;">le cozze</span>! Muoviti &#8211; il film comincia fra un&#8217;ora!<span style="font-style: italic;"><br />Don&#8217;t be lazy! Move it &#8212; the film starts in an hour!</span><br /><br />Le cozze (<span style="font-style: italic;">mussels</span>) are a shellfish that you can eat. They don&#8217;t move much in the ocean and are just simply &#8220;there&#8221;, and thus came about the expression, <span style="font-weight: bold;">fare le cozze</span>, which means &#8220;to be lazy&#8221; or &#8220;to be indifferent&#8221;.<br /></li></ul>
<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/U7zlYcYY0i4TCPP4esXNJkRdXlc/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/U7zlYcYY0i4TCPP4esXNJkRdXlc/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/U7zlYcYY0i4TCPP4esXNJkRdXlc/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/U7zlYcYY0i4TCPP4esXNJkRdXlc/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/NmtD3pW2HTQ" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/05/08/lesson-180-the-figurative-sense-il-senso-figurato/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/05/08/lesson-180-the-figurative-sense-il-senso-figurato/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#055: Passive | Il Passivo</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/6zlRXmzl6rw/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/05/07/lesson-55-passive-il-passivo/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 07 May 2009 19:35:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[il passivo]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[passive voice]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=64</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The passive voice (la forma passiva) is a construction in which the direct object becomes the subject and the subject becomes the agent. The passive voice is used with transitive verbs (that is, verbs that take a direct object) &#8211; verbs such as venire, sembrare, arrivare, dormire, etc. cannot be used passively (as they do [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The passive voice (la forma passiva) is a construction in which the direct object becomes the subject and the subject becomes the agent.  The passive voice is used with transitive verbs (that is, verbs that take a direct object) &#8211; verbs such as venire, sembrare, arrivare, dormire, etc. cannot be used passively (as they do not take direct objects).</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s compare the two following sentences:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Active voice</strong>: <span style="text-decoration: underline;">John</span> hit the ball.<br />
<strong>Passive voice</strong>: The ball is hit <span style="text-decoration: underline;">by John</span>.</p></blockquote>
<p>In the active sentence, <em>John</em> is the subject, and <em>the ball </em> is the direct object &#8211; the receiver of the action (hitting).  In the passive sentence, the subject is <em>the ball</em>, and John is now <strong>the agent</strong>.  In Italian the agent is always preceded by the preposition, <strong>da</strong>.  Note all passive phrases need or have agents.</p>
<p>The Italian passive voice is formed exactly the same way as in English. The passive can be formed with <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">e</span>ssere</strong> or <strong>venire</strong>. <span style="text-decoration: underline;">The only caveat with venire is that it cannot be used passively in compound tenses</span>.  Take note that the past participles in passive phrases <strong>must agree with the subject</strong>, not the agent!</p>
<p>Passive sentences in Italian follow this basic pattern below:</p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><strong>subject of the sentence</strong> + <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">e</span>ssere</strong>/<strong>venire </strong>+ <strong>participio passato</strong> + (<strong>da</strong> + <strong>person/agent</strong>)</p>
<p><strong>Present/Presente</strong>:</p>
<p><em>The car is bought by Jane</em>.<br />
La macchina <strong>è comprata</strong> da Giovanna.<br />
La macchina <strong>viene comprata</strong> da Giovanna.</p>
<p><strong>Passato Prossimo (Only essere can be used passively with the passato prossimo!):</strong></p>
<p><em>The car has been bought by Jane.<br />
<span style="font-style: normal;"><em>The car was bought by Jane.</em><br />
La macchina <strong>è stata comprata</strong> da Giovanna.</span></em></p>
<p><strong>Passato Remoto:</strong></p>
<p><em>The car was bought by Jane.</em><br />
La macchina <strong>venne comprata</strong> da Giovanna.<br />
La macchina <strong>fu comprata</strong> da Giovanna.</p>
<p><strong>Imperfect/Imperfetto:</strong></p>
<p><em>The car was bought by Jane.<br />
The car was being bought by Jane.</em><br />
La macchina <strong>era comprata</strong> da Giovanna.<br />
La macchina <strong>veniva comprata</strong> da Giovanna.</p>
<p>Remember, that the imperfect also has the meaning, &#8220;<em>used to</em>&#8220;:</p>
<p><em>The cheese <span style="text-decoration: underline;">used to be eaten</span> by the mice until we bought a cat.</em><br />
Il formaggio <strong>era mangiato</strong> dai topi finchè abbiamo comprato un gatto.</p>
<p><strong>Trapassato Prossimo:</strong></p>
<p><em>The car had been bought by Giovanna.</em><br />
La macchina <strong>era stata comprata</strong> da Giovanna.</p>
<p><strong>Future/Futuro:</strong></p>
<p><em>The car will be bought by Jane.</em><br />
La macchina <strong>sarà comprata</strong> da Giovanna.<br />
La macchina <strong>verrà comprata</strong> da Giovanna.</p>
<p><strong>Conditional/Condizionale:</strong></p>
<p><em>The car would be bought by Jane.</em><br />
La macchina <strong>sarebbe comprata</strong> da Giovanna.<br />
La macchina <strong>verebbe comprata</strong> da Giovanna.</p>
<p>The passive can also be formed with <strong>andare + past participle</strong>, but this implies <em>an obligation or necessity</em>, and is synonymous with <strong>dovere essere + past participle</strong> (<em>has to be, must be</em>):</p>
<p><em>The bills must be paid.</em><br />
I conti <strong>devono essere pagati</strong>.<br />
I conti <strong>vanno pagati</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Venire</strong> can only be used passively with these tenses:</p>
<blockquote><p>presente indicativo<br />
presente congiuntivo<br />
passato remoto<br />
imperfetto<br />
congiuntivo imperfetto<br />
futuro semplice<br />
condizionale</p></blockquote>
<div style="text-align: right;">last updated: 16 February 2011</div>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/IPwkNowG4PC_hRiI-gTtPti_D8s/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/IPwkNowG4PC_hRiI-gTtPti_D8s/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/IPwkNowG4PC_hRiI-gTtPti_D8s/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/IPwkNowG4PC_hRiI-gTtPti_D8s/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/6zlRXmzl6rw" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/05/07/lesson-55-passive-il-passivo/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>10</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/05/07/lesson-55-passive-il-passivo/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#179: Che, Che Cosa, and Cosa — They all mean ‘what’?</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/a8R0sTmWriY/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/04/13/lesson-179-che-che-cosa-and-cosa-they-all-mean-what/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 13 Apr 2009 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Che/Che cosa/Cosa]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[i pronomi interrogativi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[interrogatives]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=67</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Che, Che cosa, and Cosa are all interrogatives that mean, what, and while sometimes they are interchangeable, this is not always the case. Let&#8217;s look at some guidelines: Che is both an interrogative pronoun and an interrogative adjective, while Che cosa and Cosa are only interrogative pronouns: Che macchina vuoi comprare?What car do you want [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Che</span>, <span style="font-weight: bold;">Che cosa</span>, and <span style="font-weight: bold;">Cosa</span> are all interrogatives that mean, <span style="font-style: italic;">what</span>, and while sometimes they are interchangeable, this is not always the case.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s look at some guidelines:
<ol>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Che</span> is both an i<i>nterrogative pronoun</i> and an <i>interrogative adjective</i>, while <span style="font-weight: bold;">Che cosa</span> and <span style="font-weight: bold;">Cosa</span> are <i>only</i> interrogative pronouns:</p>
<p>Che macchina vuoi comprare?<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">What car do you want to buy</span>?</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Che cosa macchina vuoi comprare? = WRONG<br />Cosa macchina vuoi comprare? = WRONG</p>
<p></span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Che </span>is used in many idiomatic expressions where <span style="font-weight: bold;">cosa </span>and <span style="font-weight: bold;">che cosa</span> do not apply &#8212; notice that in the examples below <span style="font-weight: bold;">Che</span> functions as an adjective:
<p>Che tempo fa?<span style="font-style: italic;"> How&#8217;s the weather</span><br />Che ora è? <span style="font-style: italic;">What time is it?</span><br />Che ore sono? <span style="font-style: italic;">What time is it?</p>
<p></span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Cosa </span></span>and <span style="font-weight: bold;">che cosa</span> are used in some expressions below:
<p>Che cosa non va? <span style="font-style: italic;">What&#8217;s wrong?</span><br />Cosa non va<span style="font-style: italic;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"></span>? What&#8217;s wrong?</p>
<p></span>Che cosa c&#8217;è? <span style="font-style: italic;">What&#8217;s the matter?</span><br />Cosa c’è? <span style="font-style: italic;">What&#8217;s the matter?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size:85%;"><span style="font-style: italic;">in this expression, </span>Che<span style="font-style: italic;"> is permitted, although tends to be more informal for use among friends and family: </span>Che c’è? <span style="font-style: italic;">What&#8217;s the matter?</p>
<p></span></span></li>
<li><b>Che, Che Cosa, </b>and <b>Cosa</b> can be usually used interchangeably when they are all being used as pronouns and not in any of the expressions referenced above:
<p><b>Che </b>vuoi fare oggi?<br /><b>Che cosa </b>vuoi fare oggi?<br /><b>Cosa </b>vuoi fare oggi?</p>
<p><i>What do you want to do today?</i></p>
</li>
<li>Italian, like English, also uses <span style="font-weight: bold;">Che, Che cosa, </span>and<span style="font-weight: bold;"> Cosa</span> in the sense of <span style="font-style: italic;">Che dici </span>or <span style="font-style: italic;">Che hai detto</span> (as in English when we might say &#8220;What?&#8221; when we&#8217;ve misheard something) when something that has been said seems unbelievable, was not heard or not understood properly.
<p>However, this use is informal (and somewhat rude, even in English).  The more appropriate way of saying <span style="font-style: italic;">What?</span> in this context is to ask <span style="font-style: italic;">Prego?</span> (Pardon?)  or to ask the speaker politely to please repeat themselves.<span style="font-style: italic;"><br /></span></li>
</ol>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/BxYM1IkMZsf3hdUo70nJWqHPlec/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/BxYM1IkMZsf3hdUo70nJWqHPlec/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/BxYM1IkMZsf3hdUo70nJWqHPlec/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/BxYM1IkMZsf3hdUo70nJWqHPlec/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/a8R0sTmWriY" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/04/13/lesson-179-che-che-cosa-and-cosa-they-all-mean-what/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/04/13/lesson-179-che-che-cosa-and-cosa-they-all-mean-what/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#178: Choosing the right translation — Which alarm?</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/V3OXKIBjZj4/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/04/10/lesson-178-choosing-the-right-translation-which-alarm/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 10 Apr 2009 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Choosing the right translation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=69</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[When I first started learning Italian, I always got the words for alarm confused. Below are some helpful tips for keeping the various words and expressions straight. Learning to use them properly will make you sound more like a native speaker: l&#8217;allarme (m.): This word can mean alert, warning or the more literal siren &#8211; [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/4/46/Windup_alarm_clock.jpg"><img style="margin: 0pt 0pt 10px 10px; float: right; cursor: pointer; width: 313px; height: 272px;" src="http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/4/46/Windup_alarm_clock.jpg" alt="" border="0" /></a>When I first started learning Italian, I always got the words for alarm confused.  Below are some helpful tips for keeping the various words and expressions straight.  Learning to use them properly will make you sound more like a native speaker:
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">l&#8217;allarme</span> (m.):  This word can mean <span style="font-style: italic;">alert, warning</span> or the more literal <span style="font-style: italic;">siren</span> &#8211; such as what you might hear from a fire truck or an ambulance.  Can also mean <span style="font-style: italic;">alarm</span> when referring to one&#8217;s burglar alarm.  You will often hear this word in news reports and new stories when <span style="font-style: italic;">alarming</span> news is brought to the attention of viewers.</p>
</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">dare l&#8217;allarme</span>: to give/to raise the alarm; to warn; you&#8217;ll often see the expression <span style="font-weight: bold;">lanciare l&#8217;allarme</span>
<p>E le associazioni dei coltivatori lanciano già l&#8217;allarme siccità.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">And the association of farmers are already sounding the drought warning.</p>
<p></span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">sounare l&#8217;allarme</span>: to sound the alarm
<p><span style="font-style: italic;"></span><span style="font-weight: bold;"></span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">l&#8217;allarme rosso</span>: red alert
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;"></span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">il falso allarme</span>: false alarm
</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">mettere in allarme</span>: to alarm
<p>Le notizie mi hanno messo in allarme.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">The news alarmed me.</span></p>
</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">la sveglia: </span>This is the Italian word for <span style="font-style: italic;">alarm clock</span>.
</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">puntare la sveglia (per)</span>: to set the alarm (for + certain time)
<p>Hai puntato la sveglia per le 7?<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">Did you set the alarm for 7?</span></p>
</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">suonare</span>: to go off (when referring to your alarm clock)
<p>La sveglia ha suonato alle 5 di mattina.<span style="font-style: italic;"><br />The alarm clock went off at 5 AM.</span></li>
</ul>
<div style="text-align: right;"><span style="font-size:85%;">*image courtesy of <a href="http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Image:Windup_alarm_clock.jpg">Wikipedia Commons</a> &#8212; image has been released to the public domain</span></div>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/q4JM7z4jCxMwBCVTWRExg7RxL84/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/q4JM7z4jCxMwBCVTWRExg7RxL84/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/q4JM7z4jCxMwBCVTWRExg7RxL84/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/q4JM7z4jCxMwBCVTWRExg7RxL84/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/V3OXKIBjZj4" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/04/10/lesson-178-choosing-the-right-translation-which-alarm/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/04/10/lesson-178-choosing-the-right-translation-which-alarm/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#177: Choosing the right translation — Which shot?</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/0btyYdKoYGg/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/04/08/lesson-177-choosing-the-right-translation-which-shot/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 08 Apr 2009 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Choosing the right translation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=71</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In celebration of the tetanus vaccination I received this weekend, I wanted to know how to say the word &#8216;shot&#8217; in Italian. Of course, the word &#8216;shot&#8217; in English can have several connotations, so I thought a lesson on highlighting the differences might be in order: l&#8217;iniezione (f.): this refers to an injection, or a [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In celebration of the tetanus vaccination I received this weekend, I wanted to know how to say the word &#8216;shot&#8217; in Italian. Of course, the word &#8216;shot&#8217; in English can have several connotations, so I thought a lesson on highlighting the differences might be in order:
<ul>
<li><b>l&#8217;iniezione</b> (f.): this refers to an injection, or a &#8216;shot&#8217;, that one would receive at the doctor&#8217;s office or hospital</p>
<p>Il cane del vicino mi ha morso, e poi sono andato dal medico per un&#8217;iniezione.<br /><i>The neighbor&#8217;s dog bit me, and then I went to the doctor for a shot.</p>
<p><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal; "></span></i></li>
<li><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal; "><b>il colpo</b>: refers to a shot from a gun
<p>Ho sentito due colpi e poi silenzio.<br /></span></i><i>I heard two shots and then silence.<br /></i></li>
<li><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal; "><b>il colpo</b>: can also refer to a shot in sports, too
<p>&#8216;Bel colpo!&#8217; ha gridato l&#8217;allenatore.<br /></span></i><i>&#8216;Great shot!&#8217; the trainer shouted.</p>
<p><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal; "></span></i></li>
<li><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal; "></span></i><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal; "><b>la congettura</b>: referring to a guess or a conjecture
<p>La sua congettura era sbagliata. Il maggiordomo era innocente.<br /></span></i><i>Her shot was wrong. The butler was innocent.</p>
<p><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal; "></span></i></li>
<li><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal; "></span></i><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal; "></span></i><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal; "><b>la foto</b>: referring to a photo
<p>Le foto di mio fratello sono nella rivista, National Geographic.<br /></span></i><i>My brother&#8217;s shots are in the magazine, National Geographic.</p>
<p><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal; "></span></i></li>
<li><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal; "></span></i><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal; "></span></i><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal; "></span></i><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal; "><b>il sorso</b>: refers to a shot of liquor
<p>un sorso di vodka<br />un sorso di whiskey</p>
<p></span></i></li>
<li><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal; "></span></i><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal; "></span></i><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal; "></span></i><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal; "><b>la probabilità</b>: refers to a shot that one might experience in a game of chance
<p>È una probabilità su due che il mio cavallo vince!<br />It&#8217;s a 2 to 1 shot that my horse wins.</p>
<p></span></i></li>
<li><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal; "></span></i><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal; "></span></i><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal; "></span></i><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal; "><b>la ripresa</b>: a cinematic shot, a kind of shot relating to the movies and cinema
<p>Le riprese di Roma erano bellissime e hanno descritto in maniera appropriata i caratteri dei personaggi.<br /></span></i><i>The shots of Rome were beautiful and described appropriately the nature of the characters..</i></li>
</ul>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/QFy_lYAHGN1t37aK0s4CNEAzWIc/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/QFy_lYAHGN1t37aK0s4CNEAzWIc/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/QFy_lYAHGN1t37aK0s4CNEAzWIc/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/QFy_lYAHGN1t37aK0s4CNEAzWIc/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/0btyYdKoYGg" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/04/08/lesson-177-choosing-the-right-translation-which-shot/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/04/08/lesson-177-choosing-the-right-translation-which-shot/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#176: Understanding verbs — prendere</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/sBSlIHC2nBE/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/04/07/lesson-176-understanding-verbs-prendere/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2009 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[prendere]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Understanding verbs]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=72</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The verb, prendere, is a regular verb in the present tense but has an irregular past participle (preso), taking avere in compound tenses. Prendere is also irregular in the passato remoto: The verb has the following meanings in English, of which I highlighted the most important ones that you&#8217;re likely to encounter (see the post [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The verb, <span style="font-weight: bold;">prendere</span>, is a regular verb in the present tense but has an irregular past participle (<span style="font-weight: bold;">preso</span>), taking <span style="font-weight: bold;">avere</span> in compound tenses.  <span style="font-weight: bold;">Prendere</span> is also irregular in the <a href="http://www.ilgur.com/2006/11/passato-remoto.html">passato remoto</a>:</p>
<p><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_GyKVVkhafAE/SdehIGwKe4I/AAAAAAAABcQ/p_Jq-Cgpl34/s1600-h/prendere_passato_remoto.JPG"><img style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer; width: 275px; height: 116px;" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_GyKVVkhafAE/SdehIGwKe4I/AAAAAAAABcQ/p_Jq-Cgpl34/s400/prendere_passato_remoto.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5320898645385182082" border="0" /></a><br />The verb has the following meanings in English, of which I highlighted the most important ones that you&#8217;re likely to encounter (see the post on the differences <a href="http://italian-language-lessons.blogspot.com/2006/10/understanding-verbs-i-prendere-and.html">between prendere and portare</a>):
<ol>
<li><span style="font-style: italic;">to take</span>, in the sense of picking something up, taking something</p>
<p>Hai preso il mio portafoglio?  Non posso trovarlo!<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">Did you take my wallet? I can&#8217;t find it!<br /></span></li>
<li><span style="font-style: italic;">to catch</span>, something moving or in motion
<p>Ho preso al volo il vaso prima che abbia colpito il pavimento.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">I caught the vase in mid-air before it hit the floor.</p>
<p></span></li>
<li><span style="font-style: italic;">to take, </span>a form of transportation
<p>Abbiamo preso il treno a Milano.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">We took the train to Milan.</p>
<p></span></li>
<li><span style="font-style: italic;">to take, </span>a particular street
<p>No, no!  Ti ho detto&#8230;devi prendere la prima strada a sinistra, non a destra!<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">No, no! I told you, you have to take the first street on the left, not the right!</p>
<p></span></li>
<li><span style="font-style: italic;">to take, </span>one&#8217;s medicine or drugs
<p>Mamma deve prendere la sua medicina ogni sera prima di andare a letto.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">Mom has to take her medicine every evening before going to bed.</p>
<p></span>Giovanni ha smesso di lavora da quando ha cominciato a prendere droghe.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">Giovanni has stopped working since he started to take drugs.</p>
<p></span></li>
<li><span style="font-style: italic;">to get, </span>in the sense of purchasing something
<p>Mio padre prende sempre <span style="font-style: italic;">L&#8217;Espresso</span> perché adora gli articoli.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">My father always gets </span>L&#8217;Espresso<span style="font-style: italic;"> because he adores the articles.</p>
<p></span></li>
<li><span style="font-style: italic;">to get, to catch</span>, in the medical sense, such as catching a cold, virus, illness
</li>
<li><span style="font-style: italic;">to have, to eat</span>, usually in a bar, restaurant or caffe
<p>Quando il cameriere arriva, digli che prenderò un&#8217;insalata.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">When the waiter arrives, tell him that I&#8217;ll have a salad.</span></p>
<p>Prendiamo un caffè con Luigi!  Non l&#8217;ho visto per un settimana.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">Let&#8217;s have coffee with Luigi.  I haven&#8217;t seen him for a week.</span></li>
</ol>
<p>Here are some useful expressions with <span style="font-weight: bold;">prendere</span> &#8212; if you know of one that I&#8217;ve missed and think it is worth adding, leave a comment or email it to me:
<ul>
<li>farsi prendere <span style="font-style: italic;">to get caught</span></li>
<li>prendere una decisione <span style="font-style: italic;">to make a decision</span></li>
<li><span>prendere posto <span style="font-style: italic;">to take one&#8217;s seat</span></span></li>
<li><span><span>prendere alla lettera <span style="font-style: italic;">to take literally</span></span><span style="font-style: italic;"><span style="font-style: italic;"></span><br /></span></span></li>
<li><span><span>prendere in giro <span style="font-style: italic;">to tease/make fun of, to make a fool out of, to take for a &#8220;ride&#8221;
<p><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;">Abbiamo preso in giro Emilio dopo che ha pianto al cinema.</span><br /><span style="font-style: italic;"><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;"><i>We teased Emilio after he cried at the movies.</i><br /></span></span></span><br /></span></span></li>
<li><span>prendere in affitto <span style="font-style: italic;">to rent</span><br /></span></li>
<li>prendere una telefonata <span style="font-style: italic;">to take a phone call</span></li>
<li>prendere da + qualcuno <span style="font-style: italic;">to take after someone
<p></span>Maddai, prendi da tuo padre!  Sei sempre maleducato con gli sconosciuti!<span style="font-style: italic;"><br /><span style="font-style: italic;">Jesus, you take after your father!  You are always so rude with strangers</span></span>.</p>
</li>
<li>prendere a fare <span style="font-style: italic;">to start doing</span></li>
<li>prendere in prestito <span style="font-style: italic;">to borrow</span></li>
<li>prendere tempo <span style="font-style: italic;">to stall (for time</span>)</li>
<li>farsi prendere da <span style="font-style: italic;">to get involved in</span></li>
<li>prendere qualcuno per qualcun altro <span style="font-style: italic;">to mistake someone for somebody else
<p></span>Ho preso uno sconosciuto per il mio amico, Roberto.<span style="font-style: italic;"><br />I mistook a stranger for my friend, Roberto.</p>
<p></span></li>
<li>prendere il polso <span style="font-style: italic;">to take one&#8217;s pulse
<p></span><span>L&#8217;infermiera mi ha preso il polso</span><span>.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">The nurse took my pulse.</span><br /></span></li>
</ul>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/KpuY4T7ScSFEbrW2fg3b4_daIh4/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/KpuY4T7ScSFEbrW2fg3b4_daIh4/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/KpuY4T7ScSFEbrW2fg3b4_daIh4/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/KpuY4T7ScSFEbrW2fg3b4_daIh4/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/sBSlIHC2nBE" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/04/07/lesson-176-understanding-verbs-prendere/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/04/07/lesson-176-understanding-verbs-prendere/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#173: Choosing the right translation — Which window?</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/BLLBuKr_IH4/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/04/06/lesson-17-choosing-the-right-translation-which-window/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 06 Apr 2009 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Choosing the right translation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=73</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The English word, window, is highly versatile. In Italian, one must be careful because there are different words depending upon the kind of window you&#8217;re talking out. See the uses below: la finestra is used to describe a window in a building or a home or in reference to computers la busta a finestra window [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The English word, <i>window</i>, is highly versatile. In Italian, one must be careful because there are different words depending upon the kind of window you&#8217;re talking out.  See the uses below:<b></b>
<div>
<ul>
<li><b>la finestra</b> is used to describe a window in a building or a home or in reference to computers</p>
<p>la busta a finestra <i>window envelope<br /><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;">la finestra della stanza da letto </span>bedroom window<br /><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;">il davanzale </span>window sill<br /><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;">il telaio di finestra </span>window frame<br /><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;">la tendina, la tenda </span>window shade<br /><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;"></span></i><i><br /></i>Note these two important words when talking about the glass of a window:</p>
<p>Il vetro <i>glass of a window</i><br />fracassare il vetro di finestra <i>to smash a window</i><br /><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size:small;">literally: to smash the glass of a window</p>
<p><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size:16;"></span></span></li>
<li><span style="font-size:100%;"><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;"><span class="Apple-style-span"><span class="Apple-style-span"><b>il finestrino</b> is a window that you would find in a car, truck, train.
<p>Some related words:<br />i vetri elettrici </span></span></span></i><i>power windows</p>
<p></i></span></li>
<li><span style="font-size:100%;"><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;"><span class="Apple-style-span"><span class="Apple-style-span"></span></span></span></i><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;"><b>l&#8217;oblò</b> is the window that you would find in an appliance, such as your stove, microwave, etc.
<p></span></i></span></li>
<li><span style="font-size:100%;"><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;"><span class="Apple-style-span"><span class="Apple-style-span"></span></span></span></i><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;"><b>la vetrina</b> is used to describe a shop or store window, which often house displays.
<p></span></i></span></li>
<li><span style="font-size:100%;"><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;"><span class="Apple-style-span"><span class="Apple-style-span"></span></span></span></i><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;"><b>lo sportello <span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-weight: normal;">is a window at a bank, office, train station, metro station or another place where behind the window someone stands to take your money to pay for a service or a ticket</span></b></span></i></span></li>
</ul>
</div>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/53NIVM0N4w6AF4Kb0EKp36COmps/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/53NIVM0N4w6AF4Kb0EKp36COmps/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/53NIVM0N4w6AF4Kb0EKp36COmps/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/53NIVM0N4w6AF4Kb0EKp36COmps/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/BLLBuKr_IH4" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/04/06/lesson-17-choosing-the-right-translation-which-window/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/04/06/lesson-17-choosing-the-right-translation-which-window/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#175: Understanding verbs — mettere</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/ZBx7SCjcQlw/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/04/03/lesson-175-understanding-verbs-mettere/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 03 Apr 2009 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mettere]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Understanding verbs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[verbs]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=74</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The transitive verb, mettere, is a useful verb to know in Italian. It has several uses and is common in many noteworthy expressions. Mettere is regular in the present tense: Mettere also has a past participle that is irregular (messo). It is also irregular in the passato remoto: Below are some uses for the verb, [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The transitive verb, <b>mettere</b>, is a useful verb to know in Italian.  It has several uses and is common in many noteworthy expressions.  <b>Mettere</b> is regular in the <a href="http://www.ilgur.com/search/label/present%20tense">present tense</a>:</p>
<p><a href="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_GyKVVkhafAE/SdTJVLOdAeI/AAAAAAAABcA/Y2nSZVRZQu4/s1600-h/mettere.JPG" onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}"><img alt="" border="0" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5320098425459245538" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_GyKVVkhafAE/SdTJVLOdAeI/AAAAAAAABcA/Y2nSZVRZQu4/s400/mettere.JPG" style="cursor: pointer; display: block; height: 116px; margin: 0px auto 10px; text-align: center; width: 235px;" /></a><br /><span style="font-weight: bold;">Mettere</span> also has a <a href="http://www.ilgur.com/search/label/past%20participle">past participle</a> that is irregular (<b>messo</b>).  It is also irregular in the <a href="http://www.ilgur.com/search/label/passato%20remoto">passato remoto</a>:</p>
<p><a href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_GyKVVkhafAE/SdTK8uROf5I/AAAAAAAABcI/sRKOO0uL8RM/s1600-h/mettere_passatoremoto.JPG" onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}"><img alt="" border="0" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5320100204392644498" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_GyKVVkhafAE/SdTK8uROf5I/AAAAAAAABcI/sRKOO0uL8RM/s400/mettere_passatoremoto.JPG" style="cursor: pointer; display: block; height: 115px; margin: 0px auto 10px; text-align: center; width: 247px;" /></a>Below are some uses for the verb, <span style="font-weight: bold;">mettere</span>.  There may be other meanings (colloquial or otherwise), so you might also check a good dictionary:
<div>
<ul>
<li>to put<br /><i>as in, to put something in a specific place<br /></i>Ho messo le chiavi sul tavolo.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">I put the keys on the table.</span></li>
<li>to wear<br /><i>in the sense of p</i><i>utting something on<br /></i>Metti i guanti, per favore!  Fa freddo oggi!<br /><i><br /><span style="font-style: italic;">Wear your gloves, please!  It&#8217;s cold today!</span><br /></i></li>
<li>to combine<br /><i>as in, to put something inside another, to combine two things<br /></i>Quando prepari la torta, devi mettere il latto nell&#8217;impasto.<br /><i><br /><span style="font-style: italic;">When you make the cake, you have to put the milk in the mixture.</span></i></li>
<li>to require, to need (when referring to time or effort)<br /><i>with the particle, </i>ci
<p>Ci metto un&#8217;ora per finire i miei compiti.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">I need an hour in order to finish my homework.<br />It takes me an hour to finish my homework.<br />I need an hour to finish my homework.</span></li>
<li>to instill<br /><i>usually an emotion or a feeling, like fear, courage, peace, calm, etc.
<p><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;">Quel film ha messo paura ai ragazzi!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">That film gave the kids a scare!<br /></span></i></li>
<li>to suppose, to assume<i><span style="font-style: italic;"> (requires subjunctive!)<br /></span></i>Mettiamo che il film esca domani.<br /><i><span style="font-style: italic;"><br />Let&#8217;s assume that the film comes out tomorrow.</span></i></li>
</ul>
<p>Below are some useful expressions with <span style="font-weight: bold;">mettere</span> <span style="font-size: 85%;">(if you know of others, please leave a comment on the blog, and I&#8217;ll add them to the post!)</span>:
<ul>
<li>mettere a punto <i>to adjust, to develop</i></li>
<li>mettere in giro <span style="font-style: italic;">to circulate, to put into circulation</span></li>
<li>mettere in musica <span style="font-style: italic;">to set to music</span></li>
<li>mettere la sveglia <span style="font-style: italic;">to set the alarm (clock)</span></li>
<li>mettere la musica <span style="font-style: italic;">to put on music</span></li>
<li>mettere in vendita <span style="font-style: italic;">to put up for sale<br /></span>Ho <span style="font-weight: bold;">messo</span> la mia macchina <span style="font-weight: bold;">in vendita</span> perché voglio comprar<b><a href="http://www.ilgur.com/search/label/ne">ne</a></b> una nuova.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;"><br />I put my car up for sale because I want to buy a new one.<br /></span></li>
<li>mettere giù <span style="font-style: italic;">to hang up (the phone)</span></li>
<li>mettere i piatti in tavola<span style="font-style: italic;"> to set the table; to put the plates on the table</span></li>
<li>mettere insieme<span style="font-style: italic;"> to put together</span></li>
</ul>
</div>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/2QKkbGuk69iOA2AM0sYoVPbH4NQ/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/2QKkbGuk69iOA2AM0sYoVPbH4NQ/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/2QKkbGuk69iOA2AM0sYoVPbH4NQ/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/2QKkbGuk69iOA2AM0sYoVPbH4NQ/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/ZBx7SCjcQlw" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/04/03/lesson-175-understanding-verbs-mettere/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>6</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/04/03/lesson-175-understanding-verbs-mettere/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#174: Hypothetical sentence / Il periodo ipotetico</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/KmrL2Tur3P0/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/03/30/lesson-174-hypothetical-sentence-il-periodo-ipotetico/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2009 12:44:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[hypothetical constructions/periodo ipotetico]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[se clauses]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=75</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[A tricky aspect of Italian grammar is the use of hypothetical phrases. In Italian, a hypothetical phrase is one that is introduced by the conjunction, se, and these clauses are often referred to as se-clauses. Before studying this lesson, you might want to brush up on the following: indicative tenses and the imperative (presente, passato [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A tricky aspect of Italian grammar is the use of hypothetical phrases.  In Italian, a hypothetical phrase is one that is introduced by the conjunction, <span style="font-weight: bold;">se</span>, and these clauses are often referred to as <span style="font-weight: bold;"><span style="font-style: italic;">se-clauses</span></span>.</p>
<p>Before studying this lesson, you might want to brush up on the following:
<ul>
<li>indicative tenses and <a href="http://www.ilgur.com/2007/11/lesson-144-imperative-imperativo.html">the imperative</a> <span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: x-small;">(<a href="http://www.ilgur.com/search/label/present%20tense">presente</a>, passato prossimo, imperfetto, passato remoto, traspassato prossimo, trapassato remoto, futuro anteriore)</span></li>
<li><a href="http://www.ilgur.com/2008/03/lesson-152-condizionale-presente.html">present conditional</a></li>
<li><a href="http://www.ilgur.com/2009/10/lesson-198-present-subjunctive.html">present subjunctive</a></li>
<li>past conditional</li>
<li>imperfect and plupurfect subjunctive (congiuntivo imperfetto e trapassato)</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Se</span> introduces<b> </b>the<b> condition</b> (<i>If.</i><i>..</i>) and is usually set off by a comma (,).  The phrase that follows or precedes the <span style="font-weight: bold;">se clause</span> is referred to as the <span style="font-style: italic;">consequence</span>:
<div style="text-align: center;">
<div style="text-align: left;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"></span></div>
<blockquote><div style="text-align: left;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">If it rains tomorrow</span><span style="font-style: italic;">, I am not going shopping.</span></div>
<div style="text-align: left;"></div>
<div style="text-align: left;">or</div>
<div style="text-align: left;"></div>
<p><i></i><br /><i>
<div style="text-align: left;"><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;"></span></div>
<p></i><i>I am not going shopping</i><b> if it rains tomorrow.</b></p></blockquote>
</div>
<p><i></i><br /><i>
<div style="text-align: left;"><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;"><b></b></span></div>
<p></i><br />The <b>se clause</b> (the condition) can start the phrase or end it, and the meaning is generally the same (as seen above). 
<div></div>
<div>The type of condition that you are using will determine the tenses that are used.  In Italian, there are three types of hypothetical conditions:
<ol>
<li><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: italic;">certain</span> <span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;">(it will most likely with almost total certain happen)</span></li>
<li><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: italic;">possible</span> <span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;">(there&#8217;s some doubt or a condition or situation that might prevent it)</span></li>
<li><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: italic;">unreal</span> <span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;">(the chances are almost impossible or too fanciful that it is not possible)</span></li>
</ol>
<div>It&#8217;s important to note that while there&#8217;s no real <span style="font-style: italic;">right or wrong</span> when using hypothetical phrases, it is important to choose carefully your tenses since using one tense over another can change the meaning, so it is important to understand the type of hypothetical construction you wish to communicate.  Make sure that you say what you want to mean and do so by using the proper tenses.  If your hypothetical is certain, but you communicate it as a possible or unreal one, then you may confuse the person with whom you are speaking or addressing.
<ol>
<li><span style="font-style: italic;">Ipotesi certa </span>or <span style="font-style: italic;">certain hypothetical constructions</span> use the following construction:<br /><span style="font-weight: bold;"></span><br />
<blockquote><span style="font-weight: bold;">condition: se + indicative tense<br /><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-weight: normal;"><i>consequence: </i></span><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-weight: normal;">indicative tense (present or future) or the</span></i></span><i> </i><i>imperative</i></p>
<p><b><span class="Apple-style-span" style="color: #cc0000;">Se</span></b><b> il film </b><b><span class="Apple-style-span" style="color: #cc0000;">comincia</span></b><b> a mezzogiorno</b>, <i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="color: #cc0000;">andrò</span></i><i> con te</i>.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">If the movie starts at noon, I will go with you.</span><span style="font-style: italic;"><br />___<br /></span><b><span class="Apple-style-span" style="color: #cc0000;">Se</span> Giovanni </b><b><span class="Apple-style-span" style="color: #cc0000;">telef</span></b><span style="font-weight: bold;"><span class="Apple-style-span" style="color: #cc0000;">ona</span></span>, <i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="color: #cc0000;">r</span></i><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="color: #cc0000;">itelefona</span></i><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="color: #cc0000;">gli</span></i>.<span style="font-style: italic;"></p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">If John phones, call him back.</span></span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;"><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;">In the two phrases above, it is almost certain that the movie will start at noon and that John is almost certainly expected to call.<br /></span></span></li>
<li><span style="font-style: italic;">Ipotesi possibile o irreale</span> or <span style="font-style: italic;">possible or unreal hypothetical constructions</span> use the following construction:
<ul>
<li>If the condition takes place in the present:<br /><span style="font-weight: bold;"></span><br />
<blockquote><span style="font-weight: bold;">condition: se + imperfect subjunctive<br /><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-weight: normal;">consequence: </span></i><a href="http://www.ilgur.com/2008/03/lesson-152-condizionale-presente.html"><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-weight: normal;"><i>present conditional</i></span></a></p>
<p>Possible</span>:<br /><span lang="it"><b><span class="Apple-style-span" style="color: #cc0000;">Se</span></b><b> <span class="Apple-style-span" style="color: #cc0000;">migliorasse</span></b></span><b> l&#8217;economia</b>, <i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="color: #cc0000;">riuscerei</span> a</i><i> trovare un nuovo lavoro</i>.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;"><br />If the economy improved, I would be able to find a new job.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Unreal</span>:<br /><b><span class="Apple-style-span" style="color: #cc0000;">Se</span> il mondo </b><b><span class="Apple-style-span" style="color: #cc0000;">fosse</span></b><b> piatto</b>, <span lang="it"><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="color: #cc0000;">cadremmo</span></i></span><span lang="it">.</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">If the world were flat, we would fall off</span>.</span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></li>
<li>If the condition took place in the past:<br /><span style="font-weight: bold;"></span><br />
<blockquote><span style="font-weight: bold;">condition: se + congiuntivo trapassato<br /><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-weight: normal;"><i>consequence: past conditional</i></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Possible:</span><br /><span class="Apple-style-span" style="color: #cc0000;">Se</span><span class="Apple-style-span"> il tuo fratello </span><span class="Apple-style-span" style="color: #cc0000;">fosse andato</span><span class="Apple-style-span"> a casa subito</span></span>, <span lang="it"><i>non </i><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="color: #cc0000;">saresti arrivato</span></i><i> tardi</i></span><span lang="it">.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">If your brother had gone home immediately, you would have not been late.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Unreal:</span><br />
<b><span class="Apple-style-span" style="color: #cc0000;">Se</span> Cristofo Colombo </b><b><span class="Apple-style-span" style="color: #cc0000;">avesse avuto</span></b><b> l&#8217;uso della navigazione GPS</b>, <i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="color: #cc0000;">avrebbe scoperto</span></i><i>  l&#8217;India invece dell&#8217;America.</i><span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span><span style="font-style: italic;">If Christopher Columbus had the use of GPS navigation, he would have found India instead of America.</span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;"></span><br /><span style="font-weight: bold;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"></span></span></span></span></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<div style="text-align: right;"><span style="font-size: 85%;">last updated: 4 may 2010</span></div>
</div>
</div>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/_iJhDCzfTpWF0rDsUnXufQNpVqo/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/_iJhDCzfTpWF0rDsUnXufQNpVqo/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/_iJhDCzfTpWF0rDsUnXufQNpVqo/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/_iJhDCzfTpWF0rDsUnXufQNpVqo/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/KmrL2Tur3P0" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/03/30/lesson-174-hypothetical-sentence-il-periodo-ipotetico/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/03/30/lesson-174-hypothetical-sentence-il-periodo-ipotetico/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Un supplemento:  Daylight saving time / l’ora legale</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/XEa5IZWklVs/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/03/28/un-supplemento-daylight-saving-time-lora-legale/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 28 Mar 2009 14:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Supplements | I Supplementi]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=77</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Because this weekend was the end of daylight saving time in Italy (it ends November 1 in America thanks to changes in the law), I felt that a supplement was needed. Daylight saving time (read more about it in English from WebExhibits) is called l&#8217;ora legale in Italian. When daylight saving time ends in October, [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/d/d6/Wall_clock.jpg"><img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 200px;" src="http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/d/d6/Wall_clock.jpg" alt="" border="0" /></a>Because this weekend was the end of daylight saving time in Italy (it ends November 1 in America thanks to changes in the law), I felt that a supplement was needed. Daylight saving time (read more about it in English from <a href="http://webexhibits.org/daylightsaving/index.html"><span style="font-style: italic;">WebExhibits</span></a>) is called <span style="font-weight: bold;">l&#8217;ora legale<span style="font-style: italic;"> </span></span>in Italian.  When daylight saving time ends in October, <span style="font-weight: bold;">l&#8217;ora solare</span> returns.</p>
<p>Daylight saving time restarts on March 29, 2009 in Italy.</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Vocabolario</span>
<ul>
<li>l&#8217;ora legale <span style="font-style: italic;">daylight saving time</span></p>
</li>
<li>l&#8217;ora solare<span style="font-style: italic;"> solar time</span> <span style="font-size:85%;">(when daylight saving time ends and our clocks move </span><span style="font-style: italic;font-size:85%;">back</span><span style="font-size:85%;">)</span>
</li>
<li>l&#8217;orologio, gli orologi <span style="font-style: italic;">clock, clocks</span></li>
<ul>
<li>l&#8217;orologio portatile <span style="font-style: italic;">watch</span></li>
<li>l&#8217;orologio portatile da polso <span style="font-style: italic;">wrist watch</span></li>
<li>l&#8217;orologio portatile da tasca <span style="font-style: italic;">pocket watch</span><br />*<span style="font-style: italic;">also, </span><span style="font-weight: bold;">l&#8217;orologio </span>can also mean <span style="font-style: italic;">watch</span>
</li>
</ul>
<li>la lancetta, le lancette <span style="font-style: italic;">hand, hands</span> <span style="font-size:85%;">(on a clock)</span>
</li>
<li>avanti = <span style="font-style: italic;">ahead, forward; </span>can also mean<span style="font-style: italic;"> &#8216;fast&#8217;</span>:
<p>Il mio orologio è avanti di dieci minuti.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">My watch is 10 minutes fast.</span></p>
</li>
<li>indietro <span style="font-style: italic;">back</span>; can also mean &#8216;<span style="font-style: italic;">slow</span>&#8216;:
<p>Il mio orologio è indietro di cinque minuti.<span style="font-style: italic;"><br />My watch is 5 minutes slow.</span></p>
</li>
<li>portare l&#8217;orologio avanti di un&#8217;ora <span style="font-style: italic;">to turn the clock forward an hour</span><br /><span class="postbody"><br /></span></li>
<li><span class="postbody">spostare (in) avanti le lancette dell&#8217;orologio/degli orologi</span> <span style="font-style: italic;">to turn the clock forward an hour<br /></span></li>
<li>portare l&#8217;orologio indietro di un&#8217;ora<span style="font-style: italic;"> to turn the clock back an hour
<p></span> </li>
<li><span class="postbody">spostare indietro le lancette dell&#8217;orologio/degli orologi </span><span style="font-style: italic;">to turn the clock back an hour</span></li>
</ul>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/ze86BGqvMQjiVubzA20nu2hn4GY/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/ze86BGqvMQjiVubzA20nu2hn4GY/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/ze86BGqvMQjiVubzA20nu2hn4GY/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/ze86BGqvMQjiVubzA20nu2hn4GY/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/XEa5IZWklVs" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/03/28/un-supplemento-daylight-saving-time-lora-legale/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/03/28/un-supplemento-daylight-saving-time-lora-legale/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#205: Functions of the pronoun, che</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/4Me1kk1Z6a8/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/03/23/lesson-205-functions-of-the-pronoun-che/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 23 Mar 2009 13:16:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[che]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pronomi relativi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[relative pronouns]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=78</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The pronoun, che, has many uses in Italian. When learning Italian, it’s important to understand that this pronoun has many different functions. Knowing when and how it is used in a sentence will help you to speak and write better in Italian. Below are the various uses for, che: relative pronoun (remember, as a relative [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The pronoun, <em>che</em>, has many uses in Italian.  When learning Italian, it’s important to understand that this pronoun has many different functions.  Knowing when and how it is used in a sentence will help you to speak and write better in Italian. </p>
<p>Below are the various uses for, <em>che</em>:</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="http://www.ilgur.com/search/label/relative%20pronouns">relative pronoun</a> (remember, as a relative pronoun, <strong>che</strong> is used as a the direct object <em>or </em>the subject of the dependent clause):</p>
<ul>
<li>Hai trovato i guanti <strong>che</strong> volevo comprare?</li>
<li><em>Did you find the gloves that I wanted to buy?
<p></em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><a href="http://www.ilgur.com/search/label/interrogatives">interrogative pronoun</a>
<ul>
<li>Che fai domani?</li>
<li><em>What are you doing tomorrow?
<p></em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><a href="http://www.ilgur.com/search/label/interrogatives">interrogative adjective<br /></a>
<ul>
<li>Che macchina hai adesso?</li>
<li><em>What car do you have now?
<p></em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>indefinite pronoun (as a synonym for <em>qualcosa</em> <em>di</em>)
<ul>
<li>Giovanni ha un che di strano con le ragazze – ogni volta che parla con loro diventa rosso in viso e gli si agitano le mani.</p>
</li>
<li><em>Giavanni has some shyness with the girls — every time that he talks with them he turns red in the face and fidgets with his hands.
<p></em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>esclamative adjective
<ul>
<li>Che bastardo!</li>
<li><em>What a bastard!
<p></em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>conjunction when used with <a href="http://www.ilgur.com/2007/08/comparisons-i-comparativi.html">comparisons </a>
<ul>
<li>Tua sorella è più avventurosa <strong>che</strong> tranquilla.</li>
<li><em>Your sister is more adventurous than calm.
<p></em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>conjunction when it introduces a consequence
<ul>
<li>Marcello è così noioso che nessuno vuole chiaccherare con lui.</li>
<li><em>Marcello is so boring that no one wants to chat with him.
<p></em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>conjunction when it introduces a subjective or objective clause (such as what one might encounter with the subjunctive)
<ul>
<li>Credo che il mio capo sia cattivo.</li>
<li><em>I believe that my boss is mean.
<p></em></li>
<li>È importante che tu finisca i compiti.</li>
<li><em>It is important that you finish your homework.
<p></em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>conjunction when it introduces a purpose (you must do something for a reason or to achieve a certain result)
<ul>
<li>Va’ in macchina che non devi camminare fino al supermercato</li>
<li><em>Take the car so that you do not have to walk all the way to the supermarket.
<p></em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>conjuction when it introduces an exhortation (with the verb being in the subjunctive), which is a command, an invite, or a permission but with a subtler, more elegant and more mannered tone (you’ll see this more in written Italian — in spoken Italian it might seem somewhat snobbish):
<ul>
<li>Un cliente dell’avvocato arriva all’ufficio.  La segretaria gli dice che il suo cliente apsetta.  L’avvocate dice all’segretaria: “Che entri” (<em>This construction is most often used in the third person singular and plural</em>)</p>
</li>
<li><em>The lawyer’s client arrives at the office.  The secretary tells him that his client is waiting.  The lawyer says to the secretary: “Let him enter”
<p></em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>conjunction when it expresses a cause (as a synonym for <em>perché</em>):
<ul>
<li>Devi lavorare domani che è lunedì.</li>
<li><em>You have to work tomorrow because it is Monday.
<p></em></li>
<li>Accendi la luce che non posso leggere.</li>
<li><em>Turn on the light because I cannot read.
<p></em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>conjunction when it indicates time (as a synonym for <em>quando)</em>:
<ul>
<li>Vado a letto che il sole tramonta.</li>
<li><em>I go to bed when the sun sets.
<p></em></li>
<li>Il cane abbaia che il postino recapita la mail.</li>
<li><em>The dog barks when the postman delivers the mail.</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/tF3XuIc99qqts5NaK-xpvJtxqhg/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/tF3XuIc99qqts5NaK-xpvJtxqhg/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/tF3XuIc99qqts5NaK-xpvJtxqhg/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/tF3XuIc99qqts5NaK-xpvJtxqhg/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/4Me1kk1Z6a8" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/03/23/lesson-205-functions-of-the-pronoun-che/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/03/23/lesson-205-functions-of-the-pronoun-che/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#172: Il pronome relativo, cui / The relative pronoun, cui</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/2pegpHsluoM/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/03/03/lesson-172-il-pronome-relativo-cui-the-relative-pronoun-cui/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2009 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cui]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[relative pronouns/pronomi relativi]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=79</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Cui is a relative pronoun. If you&#8217;ve ever studied Italian grammar, you&#8217;ll find that almost no one ever writes anything about the usage of cui except for a few glib phrases that it is a relative pronoun with barely any examples. This didn&#8217;t satisfy me, so I&#8217;ve been researching (since Chrismas) how this pronoun is [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Cui</span> is a relative pronoun. If you&#8217;ve ever studied Italian grammar, you&#8217;ll find that almost no one ever writes anything about the usage of <span style="font-style: italic;">cui</span><span style="font-style: italic;"> </span>except for a few glib phrases that it is a relative pronoun with barely any examples.  This didn&#8217;t satisfy me, so I&#8217;ve been researching (since Chrismas) how this pronoun is used.  It&#8217;s important to learn because it&#8217;s quite common in Italian literature and writing.  My teacher advised that I try to use it in my writing and in conversation where I can so that its usage becomes second nature.</p>
<p>I hope that my research which culminated in this blog post is helpful to you.  If you have questions or notice inaccuracies, please leave a comment as I want this post to be clear and concise and free of errors where possible (plus, I don&#8217;t want to confuse people on the issue).</p>
<p>Below are some rules and examples using <span style="font-weight: bold;">cui</span>.</p>
<p>Cui is almost always preceded by a simple preposition:
<ul>
<li>a (<span style="font-style: italic;">is optional &#8212; typically the preposition, </span>a<span style="font-style: italic;">, is omitted</span>)</li>
<li>di</li>
<li>da</li>
<li>in</li>
<li>con</li>
<li>su</li>
<li>per</li>
<li>tra/fra <span style="font-style: italic;font-size:85%;">(usage differs slightly when using this preposition &#8212; see below)</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Cui </span>is a relative pronoun that replaces <span style="font-weight: bold;">indirect objects </span>(<span style="font-style: italic;">complemento indiretto</span>).  Like <b>che</b>, <b>cui </b>requies an antecedent when used as a relative pronoun.  <b>Cui </b>can mean <i>whom </i>(with people), <i>which</i>, and <i>that, </i>and in some cases, it can mean <i>where<span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;">.</span> </i>
<div></div>
<div>Let&#8217;s look at the following examples involving our friend, Mario:
<ul>
<li>Mario è l&#8217;amico <span style="font-weight: bold;">(a) cui</span> telefono spesso.<br />(Mario è l&#8217;amico. Telefono spesso a Mario.  <span style="font-weight: bold;">a Mario = a cui</span>)<br /><span style="font-size:85%;"><span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;">NB: </span><span style="font-style: italic;">With &#8220;a cui&#8221; the use of the &#8220;a&#8221; is optional and is often omitted</span></span></p>
</li>
<li>Mario è l&#8217;amico <span style="font-weight: bold;">di cui</span> ti ho detto alla festa.
</li>
<li>Mario è l&#8217;amico <span style="font-weight: bold;">da cui </span>sono andato spesso.
</li>
<li>Mario è l&#8217;amico <span style="font-weight: bold;">in cui </span>ho molta fiducia.
</li>
<li>Mario è l&#8217;amico <span style="font-weight: bold;">con cui </span>viaggio per le vacanze.<span style="font-weight: bold;">
<p></span></li>
<li>Mario è l&#8217;amico <span style="font-weight: bold;">su cui </span>posso di solito contare.
</li>
<li>Mario è l&#8217;amico <span style="font-weight: bold;">per cui </span>ho lavorato dieci anni.</li>
</ul>
<p>Remember, that many verbs in Italian take indirect objects (that is, they are followed by prepositions + object). Because of this, <span style="font-weight: bold;">che </span>cannot be used as a relative pronoun because <span style="font-weight: bold;">che</span> can only be the subject or direct object .  Also, <span style="font-weight: bold;">cui</span> is used when these prepositions cannot be left dangling &#8212; prepositions in Italian can never end a sentence.  Notice that the <b>preposition + cui</b> constructions all refer back to the noun, <b>l&#8217;amico </b>&#8211; <i>the antecedent</i>!</p>
<p>Below I&#8217;ve outlined some examples using <span style="font-weight: bold;">cui</span> with various prepositions, showing you how you can combine phrases with <b>cui</b> to make your Italian more like that of a native speaker.  I&#8217;ve designed the examples below to help you think through the grammar as well as explanations.</div>
<div></div>
<div>With each <b>preposition + cui</b> example, there were will two phrases.  Before you read my explanation, try to combine the two phrases using <b>cui</b>.  Prepositions are not allowed &#8220;to dangle&#8221; in Italian!
<ul>
<li>Mario lavora per il primo ministro.<br />Ti ho parlato dell&#8217;amico, Mario.</p>
<p>In the example above, you have two independent clauses. A native speaker of Italian would probably combine the two sentences. So how do you go about doing this? A good way of approaching this is to find the common element in both sentences.</p>
<p>In the examples above, the common element is <span style="font-style: italic;">Mario</span>. In the first sentence, he is the subject. In the second one, he is the object of the preposition (complemento indiretto). Remember, that in order to replace a <span style="font-style: italic;">complement indiretto</span> (which Mario is in the second example), we have to use <span style="font-style: italic;">cui</span>:</p>
<p>Mario, l&#8217;amico <span style="font-weight: bold;">di cui</span> ti ho parlato, lavora per il primo ministro.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">Mario, the friend about whom I told you, works for the prime minister.<br />Mario, the friend that I told you about, works for the prime minister.</p>
<p></span></li>
<li>Il Dottor Giambattista ha studiato a Milano con mio padre.<br />Sono andato ieri dal Dottor Giambattista.
<p>In the example above, the common element is <span style="font-style: italic;">Dottore Giambattista</span>.  In the first sentence he is the subject of the sentence.  In the second, he is a <span style="font-style: italic;">complemento indiretto</span> or the object of the prepositional phrase<span style="font-style: italic;"> </span>that starts with <span style="font-style: italic;">da</span>.  How do we combine them?</p>
<p>Dottore Giambattista, <span style="font-weight: bold;">da cui</span> sono andato ieri, ha studiato a Milano con mio padre.<br /><i>Dr. Giambattista, to whom I went yesterday, studied in Milan with my father.</i></p>
<p>You <span style="font-style: italic;">cannot</span> use <span style="font-style: italic;">che</span> because Dottore Giambattista is <span style="font-weight: bold;">not</span> the subject <span style="font-weight: bold;">nor</span> the direct object.</p>
</li>
<li>La casa è molto spaziosa.<br />Vivo nella casa spaziosa.
<p>Are you seeing a pattern yet?  In the two phrases above, the common element is <span style="font-style: italic;">la casa</span>.  So how can you combine the phrases?  Notice that in the second phrase, <span style="font-style: italic;">nella casa spaziosa</span> is the object of the prepositional phrase, so you can&#8217;t use <span style="font-style: italic;">che</span>.  You must account for the preposition, <span style="font-style: italic;">in</span>, to make the sentence grammatically correct:</p>
<p>La casa, <span style="font-weight: bold;">in cui</span> vivo, è molto spaziosa.<i><u><br /></u></i><span style="font-style: italic;">The house that I live in is very spacious.<br />The house where I live is very spacious.<br />The house in which I live is very spacious</span>.</p>
</li>
<li>Ti ricordi la spiaggia?<br />Siamo andati alla spiagga l&#8217;anno scorso.
<p>In the two phrases above, the common element is <span style="font-style: italic;">la spiaggia</span>.  In the first phrase, it is the direct object.  In the second it is a <span style="font-style: italic;">complement indiretto</span> (in English it would be the object of the preposition).  To combine them, we can&#8217;t leave any prepositions &#8220;dangling&#8221;:</p>
<p>Ti ricordi la spiaggia <span style="font-weight: bold;">a cui</span> siamo andati l&#8217;anno scorso?<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">Do you remember the beach that we went to last year?<br />Do you remember the beach to which we went last year?<br /></span></li>
<li>Qual è stata la macchina?<br />Hai imparato a guidare con una Fiat.
<p>This example is a li<br />
ttle trickier.  The common element is <span style="font-style: italic;">la macchina</span> or the make of the vehicle, this case, la Fiat. In the second example, the make of the car is specified, but it is still the common element. So how can you combine the two phrases to form a more specific and intelligible question:</p>
<p>Qual è stata la macchina <span style="font-weight: bold;">con cui</span> hai imparato a guidare?<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">What was the car make with which you learned to drive?<br />What was the car make that you learned to drive with?</p>
<p></span></li>
<li>Ci sono tanti alberghi nel mio paesino.<br />Uno degli alberghi (tra tanti altri alberghi) è a cinque stelle.
<p>The common element in both examples are the numerous hotels (<span style="font-style: italic;">gli alberghi</span>).  With <span style="font-weight: bold;">fra/tra</span> you must be referring to a single entity among a group in order to use it in this way, using the English translation of <span style="font-style: italic;">among</span> (notice in the example below how there&#8217;s no verb &#8212; it is common to omit):<br /><span style="font-style: italic;"><br /></span>Ci sono tanti alberghi nel mio paesino<span style="font-weight: bold;"> tra cui</span> uno a cinque stelle.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">There are so many hotels in my town among which one is five stars.</span></p>
</li>
<li>Oggi la neve ha ricoperto tutte le strade.<br />Non potremo partire per le strade.
<p>Oggi la neve ha ricoperto tutte le strade <span style="font-weight: bold;">per cui</span> non potremo partire.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">Today the snow covered all the roads through which we could not leave.<br /></span><i>Today the snow covered all the roads that we could not leave.</i></p>
<p>The common element in the sentence above is <span style="font-style: italic;">le strade</span>.  Because <span style="font-style: italic;">le strade</span> is part of the prepositional phrase, we can&#8217;t leave <span style="font-style: italic;">per</span> by itself.</p>
<p>Take note that <span style="font-weight: bold;">per cui</span> can also mean <span style="font-weight: bold;">perciò</span> (<span style="font-style: italic;">therefore, so</span>) or <b>per questo motivo </b>(<span style="font-style: italic;">for this reason</span>), as in this example below (with this usage, <span style="font-weight: bold;">per cui</span> functions more as a conjuction than as a relative pronoun):</p>
<p>Il tuo comportamento è stato deplorevole <span style="font-weight: bold;">per cui</span> non hai il permesso di uscire.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">Your behavior was deplorable therefore you do not have permission to go out.</span></p>
</li>
<li>Ho passato una vacanza indimenticable in Francia.<br />La Francia è il mio paese preferito.
<p>The common element in the two sentences above is the country, <span style="font-style: italic;">La Francia</span>.  So how would this sentence look?</p>
<p>La Francia è il mio paese preferito <span style="font-weight: bold;">in cui</span> ho passato una vacanza indimenticabile.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">France is my favorite country in which I spent an unfortgettable vacation.<br /></span><i>France is my favorite country that I spent an unforgettable vacation in.</i></li>
</ul>
<div style="text-align: right;"><i><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size:small;">last updated: 8 April 2010</span></i></div>
</div>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/gaqUH0KuhXbSHZlLnfoVFinMmvs/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/gaqUH0KuhXbSHZlLnfoVFinMmvs/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/gaqUH0KuhXbSHZlLnfoVFinMmvs/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/gaqUH0KuhXbSHZlLnfoVFinMmvs/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/2pegpHsluoM" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/03/03/lesson-172-il-pronome-relativo-cui-the-relative-pronoun-cui/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>7</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/03/03/lesson-172-il-pronome-relativo-cui-the-relative-pronoun-cui/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#170: When Accents Make All The Difference</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/sTZukDpdgqo/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/02/19/lesson-170-when-accents-make-all-the-difference/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 19 Feb 2009 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[accents in Italian]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Words with/without accents and their uses]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=82</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In Italian, there are some words where it is indispensable to use the accent, otherwise, you&#8217;ll find yourself making some silly errors. Below is a list of some common words with and without their accents &#8212; I would recommend studying the list and learning the meanings between the variants in order to avoid making mistakes: [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In Italian, there are some words where it is indispensable to use the accent, otherwise, you&#8217;ll find yourself making some silly errors. <img src='http://ilgur.com/wp-includes/images/smilies/icon_smile.gif' alt=':)' class='wp-smiley' />  Below is a list of some common words with and without their accents &#8212; I would recommend studying the list and learning the meanings between the variants in order to avoid making mistakes:</p>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">dà</span>, third personal singular from the verb, <a href="http://www.ilgur.com/2006/09/irregular-verbs-in-present-tense-dare.html">dare<br /></a><br /><span style="font-style: italic;">Do not confuse the imperative of dare, </span>da&#8217;, <span style="font-style: italic;">which is an apostrophe and not an accent.</p>
<p></span>Gianni dà dei soldi a tua sorella.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">Gianni is giving some money to your sister.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">da</span>, the <a href="http://www.ilgur.com/2006/12/articulated-prepositions-preposizioni.html">preposition</p>
<p></a>Vado dal medico stamattina.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">I&#8217;m going to the doctor&#8217;s this morning.<br /></span></li>
<li>è, third personal singular of the verb, <a href="http://www.ilgur.com/search/label/essere">essere</a>
<p>Oggi <span style="font-weight: bold;">è</span> domenica.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">Today is Sunday.</span></p>
<p>e, the conjunction, <span style="font-style: italic;">and<br /></span><span><br />Vorrei due mele <span style="font-weight: bold;">e</span> delle fragole, per favore.</span><span style="font-style: italic;"><br />I would like two apples and some strawberries, please.</p>
<p></span></li>
<li>là, an adverb, meaning <span style="font-style: italic;">there
<p></span><span>Il cane </span>è <span style="font-weight: bold;">là</span> &#8212; vicino all&#8217;albero.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">The dog is over there &#8212; near the tree.</span></p>
<p>la, the <a href="http://www.ilgur.com/2006/07/articolo-determinativo-definite.html">definite article</a> and <a href="http://www.ilgur.com/2006/12/direct-and-indirect-object-pronouns_29.html">direct object pronoun</a>, meaning <span style="font-style: italic;">her</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">La</span> fontana di Trevi si trova a Roma.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">The Trevi Fountain is located in Rome.</p>
<p></span><span style="font-weight: bold;">La</span> compro per mia madre. (la = la pentola)<span style="font-style: italic;"><br />I am buying it for my mother. </span></p>
</li>
<li>lì, synonymous with là, also meaning <span style="font-style: italic;">there<br /></span>li, <a href="http://www.ilgur.com/2006/12/direct-and-indirect-object-pronouns_29.html">direct object pronoun</a>, third person plural, meaning <span style="font-style: italic;">them
<p></span><span>Sono appena venuto di </span><span style="font-weight: bold;">lì</span>.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">I just came from there.</p>
<p></span><span><span style="font-weight: bold;">Li</span> vedo stasera al cinema.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">I am seeing them tonight at the cinema.</span><br /></span><span style="font-style: italic;"><br /></span></li>
<li>né, negative conjunction, meaning <span style="font-style: italic;">neither/nor<br /></span><a href="http://www.ilgur.com/2007/01/introduction-to-pronoun-ne.html">ne, adverb and pronoun with various meanings and uses
<p></a>La tua situazione è <b>né </b>positiva<b> </b><b>né </b>negativa.<br />Your situation is neither positive nor negative.</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Ne</span> ho letto sul giornale. (Ne = il governo; <span style="font-style: italic;">Ho letto del governo sul giornale)</span><br /><span style="font-style: italic;">I read about it in the paper.</span></p>
</li>
<li>sé, pronoun
<p>Non ha molta stima di <span style="font-weight: bold;">sé</span>.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">She does not have much self-esteem.</span></p>
<p>se, conjunction, meaning <span style="font-style: italic;">if</span> (used a lot in hypothetical situations)</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Se</span> vieni, andiamo!  Il film comincia alle 8!<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">If you are coming, let&#8217;s go!  The film starts at 8!</span></p>
</li>
<li>sì, which means &#8220;Yes&#8221;
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Sì</span>, vado a Roma a giugno.<br />Yes, I&#8217;m going to Rome in June.</p>
<p>si, <a href="http://www.ilgur.com/2006/11/reflexive-verbs-verbi-riflessivi.html">reflexive</a>/<a href="http://www.ilgur.com/2006/08/reciprocal-constructions-costruizioni.html">reciprocal</a> pronoun, also used with the formation of impersonal expressions</p>
<p>Mia figlia <span style="font-weight: bold;">si</span> veste ogni mattina adesso. (reflexive)<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">My daughter dresses herself every morning now.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Si</span> sono visti ogni mattina alla stazione. (reciprocal)<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">They saw each other every morning at the station.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Si</span> vota di solito con il proprio partito. (impersonal)<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">One usually votes with one&#8217;s party.</span></p>
</li>
<li>tè, the drink, <span style="font-style: italic;">tea
<p></span><span>Preferisci</span><span style="font-style: italic;"> </span>un tè caldo o un tè freddo?<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">Do you prefer a hot tea or a cold tea?<br /></span><br />te, <a href="http://www.ilgur.com/2006/10/stressed-pronouns-i-pronimi-t-o-nici.html">disjunctive pronoun</a>, also a <a href="http://www.ilgur.com/2006/12/double-object-pronouns-pronomi-doppi.html">double object pronoun for the second person</a>, singular</p>
<p>Amo <span style="font-weight: bold;">te</span>!<br /><span style="font-style: italic;"> I love you.</p>
<p></span>Ho pagato <span style="font-weight: bold;">te</span> due settimane fa!<span style="font-style: italic;"><br />I paid YOU two weeks ago!</p>
<p></span>La mia vita è vuota senza di <span style="font-weight: bold;">te</span>.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">My life is empty with you.</p>
<p></span><span style="font-weight: bold;">Te</span> l&#8217;ho comprato al negozio.  Ti piace?<span style="font-style: italic;"><br />I bought it for you at the store.  Do you like it?</span></li>
</ul>
<p>Can you think of any other words that might create problems, either because of accents or apostrophes?  Please leave a comment!</p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/JtmemXzUTReoMJP-a9Ka6Nht8bU/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/JtmemXzUTReoMJP-a9Ka6Nht8bU/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/JtmemXzUTReoMJP-a9Ka6Nht8bU/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/JtmemXzUTReoMJP-a9Ka6Nht8bU/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/sTZukDpdgqo" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/02/19/lesson-170-when-accents-make-all-the-difference/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/02/19/lesson-170-when-accents-make-all-the-difference/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#169: Understanding Verbs: The “Shopping Verbs”</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/_UA0GdWg0Fk/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/02/11/lesson-169-understanding-verbs-the-shopping-verbs/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 11 Feb 2009 12:58:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Shopping Verbs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Understanding verbs]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=83</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[During the holidays, we all do a lot shopping, whether it’s buying gifts, or returning them, receiving them and even exchanging them when items we receive don’t fit or are not to our liking. Below is a quick guide to some useful verbs that you might encounter during holiday seasons or any other time where [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>During the holidays, we all do a lot shopping, whether it’s buying gifts, or returning them, receiving them and even exchanging them when items we receive don’t fit or are not to our liking.  Below is a quick guide to some useful verbs that you might encounter during holiday seasons or any other time where you need to buy gifts (and then return or exchange them later&#8230;):<strong></strong>
<ul>
<li><strong>Buying</strong></p>
<p>The verb, <strong>comprare </strong>(to buy), is your first and obvious choice.  It’s a regular verb in the present (<span style="font-style: italic;">compro, compri, compra, compriamo, comprate, comprano</span>), has a regular past participle (<span style="font-style: italic;">comprato</span>), and takes <a href="http://www.ilgur.com/2006/10/avere-to-have-all-tenses-and-moods.html"><span style="font-weight: bold;">avere</span></a> in compound tenses &#8211; it shouldn’t give you any trouble.</p>
</li>
<li><strong>Giving</strong>
<p>In Italian, you’ll often here the word <strong>regalare</strong> used.  This verb means “to gift a gift”.  When giving a gift to someone, an indirect object pronoun is used or, when referring to a specific person, the preposition, <strong>a</strong>, precedes:</p>
<p>Ho regalato tre buste di caffè speciale <strong>ai</strong> miei genitori.<br /><em>I gave (as a gift) three packages of special coffee to my parents.</p>
<p></em>You can also use the expression <strong>fare un regalo a qualcuno (to give a present to someone)</strong>. The expression, <strong>in regalo</strong>, means “as a present” or “as a gift”.</p>
</li>
<li><strong>Receiving</strong>
<p>A good verb for receiving is the verb, <strong>ricevere</strong>.  It is regular in the present tense and has a regular past participle (<span style="font-style: italic;">ricevuto</span>).  You’ll often hear expressions from children and young adults to the effect of “Ho ricevuto un regalo orribile…” or something to that effect.  You will also hear “Ho ricevuto un pc in regalo” (<em>I received a PC as a present</em>).</p>
</li>
<li><strong>Exchanging</strong>:
<p>If you receive a present that you want to exchange, the verbs <strong>cambiare</strong> or <strong>sostituire</strong> will be helpful:</p>
<p>Mia sorella vuole sostituire la camicia che ho comprato perché non le piace il colore.<br /><em>My sister wants to exchange the shirt that I bought because she does not like the color.</p>
<p></em></li>
<li><em></em><strong>Returning</strong>
<p>When a gift has to be returned to the store, use the verbs, <strong>restituire</strong> (<a href="http://www.ilgur.com/search/label/-isc-%20verbs">-isc- verb</a>) or <strong>riportare</strong> to express that something must be returned.  Both are regular verbs in the present tense with regular past particples:</p>
<p>Restituisco questo regalo perché non mi piace.<br /><em>I am returning this gift because I do not like it.</p>
<p></em>Mia nonna ha riportato il maglione. Non le piacciono i maglioni di lana.<br /><em>My grandmother returned the sweater.</em> <em>She does not like woolen sweaters. </em></li>
</ul>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/OfX8ZJv7vbG19ixZnWu99piLJjg/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/OfX8ZJv7vbG19ixZnWu99piLJjg/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/OfX8ZJv7vbG19ixZnWu99piLJjg/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/OfX8ZJv7vbG19ixZnWu99piLJjg/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/_UA0GdWg0Fk" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/02/11/lesson-169-understanding-verbs-the-shopping-verbs/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/02/11/lesson-169-understanding-verbs-the-shopping-verbs/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#168: Verbs for Daily Activities / Verbi per azioni quotidiane</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/68ppZ2bOn0M/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/02/09/lesson-168-verbs-for-daily-activities-verbi-per-azioni-quotidiane/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 09 Feb 2009 14:25:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[common verbs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[reflexive verbs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[verbs for daily activities]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=84</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[When trying to learn new vocabulary, a helpful way of doing so is to think of things that you do everyday &#8211; such as eating, sleeping, going to the bathroom, driving, going to work, eating lunch, etc. Find out what those verbs are so that way, when the opportunity arises, you can talk about your [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-size: 100%;">When trying to learn new vocabulary, a helpful way of doing so is to think of things that you do everyday &#8211; such as eating, sleeping, going to the bathroom, driving, going to work, eating lunch, etc. Find out what those verbs are so that way, when the opportunity arises, you can talk about your day and tell people what you&#8217;ve been up to. Many of these verbs are common verbs that you should know, but perhaps your job is a specialized one or things that you do are different from the &#8220;average joe&#8221; &#8212; knowing how to talk about yourself and what you do will not only make you more interesting to others in Italian but will also give you an opportunity to practice your language skills.</span></p>
<p>Below is a list of verbs that describe common, daily activities that one might do &#8212; take note that many of them are <a href="http://www.ilgur.com/search/label/reflexive%20verbs">reflexive verbs in Italian</a>:</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;">- <strong>abbottonare, abbottonarsi</strong> </span><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;">| to button up </span></p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;"> </span><span style="font-size: 100%;">Fernando,<span style="font-weight: bold;"> abbottonati</span>! Fa freddo fuori!<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;"> </span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;"><span style="font-style: italic;">Fernando, button up! It&#8217;s cold outside!</span></span><span style="font-size: 100%;"> </span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;">- <strong>allacciarsi</strong> </span><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;">| to buckle</span><span style="font-size: 100%;"> (clothing, your seatbelt)</span></p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-size: 100%;">Ragazzi,<span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 100%;"> allacciatevi</span> le cinture di sicurezza!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;"> </span><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;">Boys, buckle your seatbelts!</span><span style="font-size: 100%;"> </span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;">- <strong>alzarsi</strong> | </span><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;">to get up, to stand up </span><span style="font-size: 100%;"> </span></p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-size: 100%;">Dopo aver sentito la sveglia, </span><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 100%;">mi sono alzato</span><span style="font-size: 100%;"> e ho fatto la doccia.</span><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;"><span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;"><span style="font-style: italic;">After having heard the alarm, I got up and took a shower.</span></span><span style="font-size: 100%;"> </span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;">- <strong>asciugarsi </strong>| </span><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;">to dry oneself </span><span style="font-size: 100%;">(remember, if you&#8217;re drying off your 2 year old, you would </span><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;">not</span><span style="font-size: 100%;"> use this reflexively)</span></p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Ti sei asciugato</strong> dopo aver fatto la doccia?  I capelli sembrano bagnati.</p>
<p><em>Did you dry yourself after taking a shower?  Your hair seems wet.</em></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>Ho perso la mia riunione perché ho dovuto<span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 100%;">asciugare</span><span style="font-size: 100%;"> mio figlio testardo dopo che ha fatto il bagno stamattina. </span><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;">I missed my meeting because I had to dry off my stubborn son after he took a bath this morning.</span><span style="font-size: 100%;"><br />
</span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;">- <strong>bagnarsi</strong> | </span><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;">to get wet </span></p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-size: 100%;">Mariella: &#8220;Ho dimenticato l&#8217;ombrello oggi e <span style="font-weight: bold;">mi sono bagnata</span>.&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;"><span style="font-style: italic;">Mariella: &#8220;I forgot the umbrella today, and I got wet.&#8221;</span></span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;"><strong>- caricare la sveglia (per)</strong> | <span style="font-style: italic;">to set the alarm (for + a certain time) </span></span></p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-size: 100%;">Ogni notte <span style="font-weight: bold;">carico la sveglia per</span> le cinque di mattina.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;"><span style="font-style: italic;">Every night I set the alarm for 5:00 AM.</span><br />
</span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;"><strong>- fare il bagno</strong> | </span><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;">to take a bath </span></p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-size: 100%;">Ai miei bambini non piace <span style="font-weight: bold;">fare il bagno.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;">My children do not like to take a bath.<br />
</span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;">- <strong>fare il bucato</strong> </span><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;">|<strong> </strong>to do laundry </span></p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-size: 100%;">Il martedi <span style="font-weight: bold;">faccio il bucato</span> perc</span><span style="font-size: 100%;">hé</span><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;"> </span><span style="font-size: 100%;">lavoro a casa.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;"><span style="font-style: italic;">Every Tuesday I do laundry because I work at home.</span></span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;">- <strong>stendere la biancheria</strong> | </span><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;">to hang the washing </span></p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-size: 100%;">Che bello oggi! <span style="font-weight: bold;">Stenderò la biancheria</span> perche si asciugerà più velocemente.</span><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;"><br />
</span></p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;">How beautiful today! I will hang the washing because it will dry faster.</span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;">- <strong>fare la doccia</strong> </span><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;">| to take a shower </span></p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-size: 100%;">Luigi <span style="font-weight: bold;">fa la doccia</span> dopo che andiamo in palestra.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;"><span style="font-style: italic;">Luigi takes a shower after we go to the gym.</span></span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;">- <strong>farsi la barba</strong> </span><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;">| to shave </span></p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-size: 100%;">Non <span style="font-weight: bold;">mi sono fatto</span> la barba stamattina.  Non avevo il tempo!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;"><span style="font-style: italic;">I didn&#8217;t shave this morning.  I didn&#8217;t have time!</span></span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;">- <strong>radersi</strong> </span><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;">to shave </span></p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-size: 100%;">Mio padre <span style="font-weight: bold;">non si rade</span> più.  Vuole avere una barba per l&#8217;inverno.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;">My dad isn&#8217;t shaving anymore.  He wants to have a beard for the winter.</span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;">- <strong>fare gargarismi</strong></span><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;"> | to gargle</span><span style="font-size: 100%;"> </span></p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 100%;">Faccio </span><span style="font-size: 100%;">gargarismi con il collutorio ogni sera prima di andare a letto.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;">I gargle with mouthwash every night before going to bed.</span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;"><strong>- guardarsi allo specchio</strong> | </span><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;">to look in the mirror </span></p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-size: 100%;">Non riesco a radermi senza di <span style="font-weight: bold;">guardarmi allo specchio</span>.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;"><span style="font-style: italic;">I&#8217;m not able to shave without looking in the mirror.<br />
</span></span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;">- <strong>lavarsi la faccia</strong> </span><span>| <em>to wash one&#8217;s face </em></span></p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-size: 100%;">&#8220;Lavati la faccia!&#8221; ha gridato mia madre quando mi sono preparato ad andare a nanna.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;">&#8220;Wash your face!&#8221; my mom shouted when I prepared myself to go to bed.</span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;">- <strong>lavarsi i capelli</strong> | </span><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;">to wash one&#8217;s hair</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;">- <strong>lavarsi i denti</strong> </span><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;">| to brush one&#8217;s teeth</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;">- <strong>levarsi gli occhiali</strong> | <span style="font-style: italic;">to take off one&#8217;s glasses </span></span></p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-size: 100%;"><strong>Mi sono levata</strong> gli occhiali ma adesso non riesco a trovarli!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;"><em>I took off my glasses, but now I can&#8217;t find them.</em><br />
</span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;">- <strong>mettersi il rossetto</strong> | </span><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;">to put on lipstick</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;">- <strong>mettersi le lenti a contatto</strong> | </span><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;">to put in one&#8217;s contact lenses<br />
</span></p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-size: 100%;">È difficile <span style="font-weight: bold;">mettermi le lenti a contatto</span> senza di usare uno specchio.</span><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;"><br />
</span><span style="font-size: 100%;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;"><span style="font-style: italic;">It is difficult to put in my contact lenses without using a mirror.</span></span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;">- <strong>mettersi gli occhiali</strong> |</span><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;"> to put on one&#8217;s glasses, to wear one&#8217;s glasses</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;">- <strong>pettinarsi</strong> <span style="font-style: italic;">| to brush/comb one&#8217;s hair </span></span></p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-size: 100%;"><span>Mia sorella <span style="font-weight: bold;">si pettina</span> prima di andare a letto.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;"><span><span style="font-style: italic;">My sister combs her hair before going to bed.</span><br />
</span></span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;"><strong>- pulire (i denti) con filo interdentale</strong> </span><span style="font-style: italic; font-size: 100%;">| to floss </span></p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-size: 100%;">Il dentista mi ha detto che è molto importante <strong>pulire i denti con filo interdentale</strong>.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;"><span style="font-style: italic;">My dentist told me that it is very important to floss.</span></span></p></blockquote>
<p>- <strong>stancarsi</strong> | <em>to get tired </em></p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Mi stanco</strong> quando vado al cinema.  La sala buia mi fa addormentare.</p>
<p>I get tired when I go to the movies.  The dark theater makes me fall asleep.</p></blockquote>
<p>- <strong>stirare</strong> |<em> to iron</em></p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-size: 100%;"><span>Il mio amico Antonio <span style="font-weight: bold;">stira</span> tutto &#8211; biancheria, camicie, pantaloni, calzini, ecc. È un po&#8217; ossessivo.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;"><span><span style="font-style: italic;">My friend Antonio irons everything &#8211; whites, shirts, pants, socks, etc. He&#8217;s a bit obsessive.</span> </span></span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;">- <strong>svegliarsi</strong> <span style="font-style: italic;">| to wake up </span></span></p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-size: 100%;"><span>&#8220;<span style="font-weight: bold;">Svegliati</span>!&#8221; disse mia moglie.  &#8220;Sono </span>già </span><span style="font-size: 100%;"><span style="font-style: italic;">le otto!&#8221;</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 100%;"><span style="font-style: italic;">&#8220;Wake up!&#8221; said my wife.  &#8220;It&#8217;s already 8!&#8221;</span></span></p></blockquote>
<p>- <strong>truccarsi</strong> <span style="font-style: italic;">| to put on makeup </span></p>
<blockquote><p><span>Quando mia zia <span style="font-weight: bold;">si trucca</span>, ci mette almeno un&#8217;ora!</span></p>
<p><span><span style="font-style: italic;">When my aunt puts on makeup, it takes her almost an hour! </span></span></p></blockquote>
<p>- <strong>vestirsi </strong>| <em>to dress oneself </em>(to dress another person, use <strong>vestire</strong>)</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>Mi vesto</strong> bene quando vado a lavoro.<span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
</span></p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">I dress (myself) well when I go to work. </span></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p><span>Mia figlia non sa scegliere gli abiti giusti di mattina. Devo <span style="font-weight: bold;">vestirla</span> ogni mattina!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">My daughter doesn&#8217;t know how to choose the right clothes in the morning. I have to dress her every morning.</span></p></blockquote>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/3p-VBxo8ugJLa3A0kRfhMDPcMfU/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/3p-VBxo8ugJLa3A0kRfhMDPcMfU/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/3p-VBxo8ugJLa3A0kRfhMDPcMfU/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/3p-VBxo8ugJLa3A0kRfhMDPcMfU/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/68ppZ2bOn0M" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/02/09/lesson-168-verbs-for-daily-activities-verbi-per-azioni-quotidiane/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/02/09/lesson-168-verbs-for-daily-activities-verbi-per-azioni-quotidiane/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#167: Idiomatic Expressions with the verb, avere / Espressioni idiomatiche con il verbo, avere</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/lf4IB2B1D_4/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2009/02/05/lesson-167-idiomatic-expressions-with-the-verb-avere-espressioni-idiomatiche-con-il-verbo-avere/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 05 Feb 2009 21:50:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[avere]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[idiomatic expressions with avere]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[idiomatic usages]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=85</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Avere + noun is used in Italian to convey idiomatic qualities that are often expressed in English with the verb, to be. Remember that avere is highly irregular, and it is best that you memorize this verb in all of its tenses and moods. These expressions below are quite common and should be memorized (and [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Avere + <span style="font-style: italic;">noun</span> <span style="font-weight: bold;"></span></span>is used in Italian to convey idiomatic qualities that are often expressed in English with the verb, <span style="font-style: italic;">to be</span>.  <span style="font-weight: bold;">Remember that avere is highly irregular</span>, and it is best that you memorize this verb <a href="http://www.ilgur.com/2006/10/avere-to-have-all-tenses-and-moods.html">in all of its tenses and moods</a>.  These expressions below are quite common and should be memorized (and used) as you will encounter them often in Italian<span style="font-weight: bold;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"></span>:<br /></span>
<ul>
<li>avere caldo <span style="font-style: italic;">to be hot</p>
<p></span>Oggi la temperatura è brutta  &#8212; è impossibile non avere caldo!<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">Today the temperature is brutal &#8212; it is impossible not to be hot</span>!</p>
</li>
<li>avere fame <span style="font-style: italic;">to be hungry
<p></span>Mia sorella ha fame perché ha dimenticato di mangiare la sua prima colazione.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">My sister is hungry because she forgot to eat her breakfast.</span><br /><span style="font-style: italic;"><br /></span></li>
<li>avere freddo <span style="font-style: italic;">to be, to feel cold
<p></span>L&#8217;aria condizionata è troppo forte e ho freddo.  È possibile aumentare la temperatura?<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">The air conditioning is too strong, and I&#8217;m cold.  Is it possible to increase the temperature?</span><br /><span style="font-style: italic;"><br /><span style="font-style: italic;"></span></span></li>
<li>avere fretta <span style="font-style: italic;">to be in a hurry
<p></span>Laura e Maria hanno fretta stamattina!  Il taxi era in ritardo e stanno per perdere il loro volo!</p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">Laura and Maria are in a hurry this morning!  The taxi was late and they are about to miss their flight.</span><br /><span style="font-style: italic;"><br /></span></li>
<li>avere paura <span style="font-style: italic;">to be afraid
<p></span>Abbiamo paura che l&#8217;economia peggiori.<span style="font-style: italic;"><br /><span style="font-style: italic;">We are afraid that the economy is worsening.</span></p>
<p></span></li>
<li>avere ragione <span style="font-style: italic;">to be right
<p></span>Mio fratello ha sempre ragione in matematica.  Non puoi <span style="font-style: italic;">contraddirlo.</span><span style="font-style: italic;"><br /><span style="font-style: italic;">My brother is always right in math.  You can&#8217;t contradict him.</span></p>
<p></span></li>
<li>avere torto <span style="font-style: italic;">to be wrong
<p></span>Mia madre aveva torto. Casablanca non è la capitale del Marocco.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">My mother was wrong.  Casablance is not the capitol of Morocco.</span><br /><span style="font-style: italic;"><br /></span></li>
<li>avere sete <span style="font-style: italic;">to be thirsty
<p></span>I cammelli non hanno sete spesso.  Possono conservare l&#8217;acqua per molti giorni.<span style="font-style: italic;"><br /><span style="font-style: italic;">The camels are not often thirsty.  They can conserve water for many days.</span></p>
<p></span></li>
<li>avere sonno <span style="font-style: italic;">to be sleepy
<p></span>Danilo si sveglia troppo presto in questi giorni ed ogni sera ha molto sonno.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">Danilo is waking up too early in these days and every evening he is very sleepy.<br /></span></li>
<li>avere bisogno di <span style="font-style: italic;">to need, to have need of
<p></span>Hai bisogno di andare al supermercato oggi?<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">Do you need to go to the supermarket today?</span><br /><span style="font-style: italic;"><br /><span style="font-style: italic;"></span></span></li>
<li>avere voglia di <span style="font-style: italic;">to want; to feel like
<p>Non hanno voglia di prendere un caffè.  Mariella prova ad evitare la caffeina.<br /></span>They don&#8217;t feel like having coffee.  Mariella is trying to avoid caffeine.</p>
</li>
<li>avere senso <span style="font-style: italic;">to make sense
<p>Le cose che dici non hanno senso!  Spiegati, per favore.<br /></span>The things that you are saying are not making sense!  Explain yourself, please.<span style="font-style: italic;"></p>
<p></span></li>
<li>avere + number + anni <span style="font-style: italic;">to be x number of years old<br /></span><br />Quanti anni ha Marco?<br />Marco?  Ha 33 anni, credo.<span style="font-style: italic;">
<p>How old is Marco?<br />Marco?  He&#8217;s 33 years old, I believe.</span></li>
</ul>
<p>Do you know of any other idiomatic expressions with the verb, <span style="font-weight: bold;">avere</span>?  If so, please leave them as a comment, and I will add them to the list with an example.</p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/x1neesdnPYktqeX7vnDvMMKbCMk/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/x1neesdnPYktqeX7vnDvMMKbCMk/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/x1neesdnPYktqeX7vnDvMMKbCMk/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/x1neesdnPYktqeX7vnDvMMKbCMk/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/lf4IB2B1D_4" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2009/02/05/lesson-167-idiomatic-expressions-with-the-verb-avere-espressioni-idiomatiche-con-il-verbo-avere/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2009/02/05/lesson-167-idiomatic-expressions-with-the-verb-avere-espressioni-idiomatiche-con-il-verbo-avere/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#166: Human Body and Idiomatic Expressions</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/EVdaR9oUkJ4/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2008/11/18/lesson-166-human-body-and-idiomatic-expressions/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 18 Nov 2008 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[idiomatic usages]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[parts of the body]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=87</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[There are numerous expressions that involve the human body that are quite common in Italian. Below is a list of common expressions that I learned in my last Italian lesson &#8212; I&#8217;ve compiled what I&#8217;ve learned and provided English equivalents for your enjoyment! Some of the expressions are quite common, and it would be good [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_GyKVVkhafAE/SQ8iH2lEMfI/AAAAAAAAAKU/3dRveRzcqNY/s1600-h/man_woman.PNG" onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}"><img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5264464007724806642" style="margin: 0pt 0pt 10px 10px; float: right; cursor: pointer; width: 312px; height: 306px;" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_GyKVVkhafAE/SQ8iH2lEMfI/AAAAAAAAAKU/3dRveRzcqNY/s400/man_woman.PNG" border="0" alt="" /></a>There are numerous expressions that involve the human body that are quite common in Italian.  Below is a list of common expressions that I learned in my last Italian lesson &#8212; I&#8217;ve compiled what I&#8217;ve learned and provided English equivalents for your enjoyment!  Some of the expressions are quite common, and it would be good to practice making your own sentences.  Feel free to post your examples, and I will check them for you!</p>
<p>Below is the list of new expressions involving parts of the body:</p>
<ul>
<li>la testa <span style="font-style: italic;">head&nbsp;
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ul>
<li>girare la testa <span style="font-style: italic;">to make one&#8217;s head spin</span>&nbsp;
<p>Mamma mia, non posso più studiare!  <span style="font-weight: bold;">Mi</span> gira la testa!<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">Mamma mia, I can&#8217;t study anymore!  My head is spinning!<br />
<span style="font-size: 85%;"><br />
</span></span><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 85%;">NB: </span><span style="font-size: 85%;">Note the use of the indirect object pronoun, </span><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 85%;">mi</span><span style="font-size: 85%;">, which have a possessive function in the phrases above.  In a future lesson, we&#8217;ll discuss on indirect object pronouns can be used possessively to refer to parts of the body.</span><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
</span></li>
<li>fare di testa propria <span style="font-style: italic;">to do something one&#8217;s own way</span>Luisa è testardissima!  <span style="font-weight: bold;">Fa </span>sempre<span style="font-weight: bold;"> di testa propria</span>.<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">Luisa is very stubborn.  She always does it her own way.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</li>
<li>avere la testa fra le nuvole<span style="font-style: italic;"> to have one&#8217;s head in the clouds </span>(i.e. daydreaming)<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
</span>Durante la lezione noiosa di matematica, ho realizzato che <span style="font-weight: bold;">avevo la testa fra le nuvole</span>.<span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">During the boring math lesson, I had my head in the clouds</span>&nbsp;</p>
<p></span></li>
</ul>
<p></span></li>
<li><span><span>la faccia <span style="font-style: italic;">face&nbsp;
<ul>
<li>dire le cose in faccia <span style="font-style: italic;">to speak openly</span>; <span style="font-style: italic;">to be direct&nbsp;
<p><span>Danilo è una persona molto sincera. <span style="font-weight: bold;">Dice </span>sempre<span style="font-weight: bold;"> le cose in faccia</span></span><span style="font-style: italic;">.<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">Danilo is a very sincere person.  He always speeks openly.</span></span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p></span></li>
<li>tagliare la faccia <span style="font-style: italic;">literally</span>: <span style="font-style: italic;">&#8220;to cut the face&#8221;; to hurt; to sting<br />
</span><br />
C&#8217;è un vento così forte che <span style="font-weight: bold;">taglia la faccia</span>.<span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
There&#8217;s a wind so fierce that is biting.&nbsp;</p>
<p></span></li>
</ul>
<p></span></span></span></li>
<li>i capelli <span style="font-style: italic;">hair</span> (always plural in Italian)
<ul>
<li>averne fin sopra i capelli <span style="font-style: italic;">to be fed up with</span>; <span style="font-style: italic;">to be sick to death of&nbsp;
<p>Ogni giorno lei ha una nuova scusa!  <span style="font-weight: bold;">Ne ho fin sopra i capelli</span>.<span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
Every day she has a new excuse!  I&#8217;m fed up with it.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p></span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>l&#8217;orecchio <span style="font-style: italic;">ear</span><br />
(pl. <em>gli orecchi</em> or <em>le orecchie) </em><em> </em></p>
<ul>
<li>essere tutt&#8217;orrechi <span style="font-style: italic;">to be all ear&#8217;s&nbsp;
<p>Gianna: Tony, stai attento?<span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
Gianna: Tony, are you paying attention?</span></p>
<p>Tony: Sì, Gianna!  Sono <span style="font-weight: bold;">tutt&#8217;orecchi</span>!<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">Tony: Yes, Gianna! I&#8217;m all ears!</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p></span></li>
<li>entrare da un orecchio e uscire dall&#8217;altro <span style="font-style: italic;">to go in one ear and out the otherQuando mia sorella usa il telefono, è inutile parlare con lei.  Tutto quello che <span style="font-weight: bold;">le</span> dici le entra da un orecchio e <span style="font-weight: bold;">le</span> esce dall&#8217;altro.
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">When my sister uses the phone, it&#8217;s useless to talk to her.  Everything che you say goes in one ear and out the other.<br />
<span style="font-size: 85%;"><br />
</span></span><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 85%;">NB: </span><span style="font-size: 85%;">Note the use of the indirect object pronoun, </span><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 85%;">le</span><span style="font-size: 85%;">, which have a possessive function in the phrases above.  In a future lesson, we&#8217;ll discuss on indirect object pronouns can be used possessively to refer to parts of the body.</span></p>
<p></span></li>
<li>avere orecchio per la musica <span style="font-style: italic;">to have an ear for music&nbsp;
<p></span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>l&#8217;occhio <span style="font-style: italic;">eye&nbsp;
<ul>
<li>non chiudere occhio <span style="font-style: italic;">to not sleep a wink&nbsp;
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Non ho chiuso occhio</span> ieri sera perché i vicini hanno avuto una festa.<span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
I didn&#8217;t sleep a wink last night because the neighbors had a party.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p></span></li>
<li>parlare a quattr&#8217;occhi [con qualcuno] <span style="font-style: italic;">to have a </span><span class="variant"><span style="font-style: italic;">tête–à–tête [with someone], to have a private conversation [with someone]<span style="font-weight: bold;">Ho parlato a quattro&#8217;occhi</span> con mia madre dopo che ha litigato con mio padre.<span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
I had a private conversation with my moth after she argued with my father.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p></span></span></li>
<li><span class="variant">occhio per occhio, dente per dente <span style="font-style: italic;">eye for an eye, tooth for a tooth&nbsp;
<p></span></span></li>
</ul>
<p></span></li>
<li><span class="variant">il collo <span style="font-style: italic;">neck</span>&nbsp;
<ul>
<li>fra capo e collo <span style="font-style: italic;">unexpectedly&nbsp;
<p>L&#8217;incidente stradale è accaduto <span style="font-weight: bold;">fra capo a collo</span>!  Non potevo evitarlo.<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">The accident happened unexpectedly.  I could not avoid it.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p></span></li>
</ul>
<p></span></li>
<li>il naso <span style="font-style: italic;">nose</span>
<ul>
<li>(non) mettere il naso fuori di casa <span style="font-style: italic;">to poke one&#8217;s nose out of doors&nbsp;
<p>Oggi il tempo è brutto!  <span style="font-weight: bold;">Non ho messo il naso fuori di casa</span>.<span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
Today the weather is brutal.  I am not poking my nose out of doors.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p></span></li>
<li>mettere il naso negli affari degli altri<span style="font-style: italic;"> to butt one&#8217;s nose into other people&#8217;s business</span>Non mi piace quando lui <span style="font-weight: bold;">mette il naso nei miei affari</span>.<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">I don&#8217;t like it when he butts his nose into my business.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</li>
<li>rimanere con un palmo di naso <span style="font-style: italic;">to feel disappointed&lt;<br />
span&gt;<span style="font-weight: bold;">Sono rimasto con un palmo di naso</span> quando ho perso il mio lavoro.<span style="font-style: italic;"><span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">I felt disappointed when I lost my job.<br />
</span></span><br />
</span></p>
<p></span></li>
<li>avere un buon naso <span style="font-style: italic;">to have a good nose </span>(that is: <span style="font-style: italic;">to be adept at, capable</span>)<span style="font-weight: bold;">Lei ha un buon naso</span> per incontrare nuove persone.<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">She has a good nose for meeting new people.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>la bocca <span style="font-style: italic;">mouth&nbsp;
<ul>
<li>acqua in bocca <span style="font-style: italic;">zip it!, hush!&nbsp;
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p></span></li>
<li>non ricordare dal naso alla bocca <span style="font-style: italic;">to be unable to remember a thing<span>Gli ho ripetuto dieci volte l&#8217;orario della festa ma <span style="font-weight: bold;">non può ricordare</span> <span style="font-weight: bold;">dal naso alla bocca</span>.<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">I repeated to him 10 times the time of the party but he was unable to remember.</span></span></p>
<p></span></li>
<li>non aprire bocca <span style="font-style: italic;">to not say a word (as in: to keep quiet; to keep one&#8217;s mouth shut)<span>Quando Luisa sa un segreto, <span style="font-weight: bold;">non apre bocca</span> con nessuno.</span><span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">When Luisa knows a secret, she doesn&#8217;t say a word to anyone.</span></span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p></span></li>
<li>non chiudere bocca<span style="font-style: italic;"> to not stop talking (as in: to talk constantly)<span>Quando rivedo mia madre dopo molto tempo, <span style="font-weight: bold;">non chiude bocca</span>.</span><span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
When I see my mother again after a while, she doesn&#8217;t stop talking.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p></span></li>
<li>rimanere a bocca aperta<span style="font-style: italic;"> to be dumbfounded; to remain open mouthed (to be surprised, shocked)<span>Ho vinto la lotteria e sono<span style="font-weight: bold;"> rimasto a bocca aperta</span>!</span><span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">He won the lottery and was dumbfounded!</span></span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p></span></li>
<li>in bocca al lupo <span style="font-style: italic;">good luck </span>(followed by &#8220;crepi il lupo&#8221; or &#8220;crepi&#8221;)Martin: Ciao, Gianna! <span style="font-weight: bold;">In bocca al lupo</span>!<br />
Gianna: Crepi!</li>
</ul>
<p></span></li>
<li>la spalle (pl. le spalle) <span style="font-style: italic;">shoulder (pl. shoulders)&nbsp;
<ul>
<li>dire qualcosa alle spalle di qualcuno <span style="font-style: italic;">to say something behind someone&#8217;s back&nbsp;
<p>Ho detto cose cattive <span style="font-weight: bold;">alle spalle</span> di Maria.<span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
I said bad things behind Maria&#8217;s back.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p></span></li>
<li>avere una famiglia numerosa sulle spalle <span style="font-style: italic;">to have a large family to support<span>Luigi non può uscire con noi stasera.  Ha una famiglia numerosa <span style="font-weight: bold;">sulle spalle</span>.</span><span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
Luigi cannot go out with us tonight.  He has a large family to support.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p></span></li>
<li>campare alle spalle di qualcuno<span style="font-style: italic;"> <span style="font-style: italic;">to live off of someone</span><br />
</span>vivere alle spalle di qualcuno<span style="font-style: italic;"> to live off of someone</span>Gianni non vuole vivere da solo.  <span style="font-weight: bold;">Campa alle spalle dei genitori</span> da sempre.<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">Gianni doesn&#8217;t want to live alone.  He has always been living off his parents.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">Maria <span style="font-weight: bold;">vive alle spalle</span> di suo marito. Non ha coraggio di essere autonoma.</span><span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
Maria has been living off of Marco for months.  When will she find an apartment?</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</li>
</ul>
<p></span></li>
<li><span>il braccio (<span style="font-style: italic;">pl</span>. le braccia) <span style="font-style: italic;">arm&nbsp;
<ul>
<li>a braccia aperte <span style="font-style: italic;">with open arms&nbsp;
<p><span>Mi hanno incontrato <span style="font-weight: bold;">a braccia aperte.</span><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">They met me with open arms.<br />
</span><br />
</span></p>
<p></span></li>
<li>in braccio <span style="font-style: italic;">in one&#8217;s arms<span>Hanno un bebe <span style="font-weight: bold;">in braccio.</span></span><span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">They have a baby in their arms.<br />
</span><br />
</span></p>
<p></span></li>
<li>incrociare le braccia <span style="font-style: italic;">to go on strike<span>Gli operai hanno <span style="font-weight: bold;">incrociato le braccia</span>.  Non lavorano oggi.</span><span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
The works went on strike.  They are not working today.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p></span></li>
</ul>
<p></span></span></li>
<li>il gomito <span style="font-style: italic;">elbow&nbsp;
<ul>
<li>alzare il gomito <span style="font-style: italic;">to hit the bottle&nbsp;
<p><span>Marco <span style="font-weight: bold;">alza il gomito</span> ogni weekend!  Forse bevi troppo.<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">Marco hits the bottle every weekend.  Perhaps he is drinking too much.</span><br />
</span><span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
</span></p>
<p></span></li>
</ul>
<p></span></li>
<li>la mano <span style="font-style: italic;">hand&nbsp;
<ul>
<li>dare una mano <span style="font-style: italic;">to give a hand</span> (that is, <span style="font-style: italic;">to help </span>or <span style="font-style: italic;">to assist</span>)&nbsp;
<p>Gianna, <span style="font-weight: bold;">dammi una mano</span>!<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">Gianna, give me hand!<br />
</span></li>
<li>alla mano <span style="font-style: italic;">easy-going<span>Niente gli da fastidio!  È <span style="font-weight: bold;">alla mano</span> di tutto.</span><span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
Nothing bothers him!  He is easy-going with everything.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p></span></li>
<li>stare con le mani in mano <span style="font-style: italic;">to twiddle one&#8217;s thumbs<span style="font-style: italic;"> </span><span>Gli studenti non fanno niente.  <span style="font-weight: bold;">Stanno con le mani in mano</span>.<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">The students are doing nothing.  They are twidding their thumbs.<br />
</span></span><span style="font-style: italic;"><span style="font-style: italic;"> </span><br />
</span></p>
<p></span></li>
<li>avere le mani bucate<span style="font-style: italic;"> <span style="font-style: italic;">to be a spendthrift; to spend a lot<span><span>Non sa risparmiare!  Lei <span style="font-weight: bold;">ha le mani bucate</span>!</span></span><span style="font-style: italic;"><span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">She doesn&#8217;t know how to save!  She is a spendthrift!</span></span></span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p></span></span></li>
</ul>
<p></span></li>
<li>il dito <span style="font-style: italic;">finger, toe&nbsp;
<ul>
<li>toccare il cielo con un dito <span style="font-style: italic;">to be beside oneself with joy&nbsp;
<p><span>Quando ho ricevuto la notizia, <span style="font-weight: bold;">toccavo il cielo con un dito</span>.</span><span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">When I received the news, I was beside myself with you.<br />
</span><br />
</span></p>
<p></span></li>
<li>bere due dita <span style="font-style: italic;">to drink small sips; to drink small amounts; to drink a little bit<span><span style="font-weight: bold;">Ho bevuto</span> solo <span> tyle=&#8221;font-weight: bold;&#8221;&gt;due dita</span> di gin e poi avevo sonno.</span><span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">I only drank a little bit of gin and then I was sleepy.<br />
</span><br />
</span></p>
<p></span></li>
<li>contarsi sulle dita di una mano <span style="font-style: italic;">to count on the finger&#8217;s of one&#8217;s hands<br />
<span style="font-size: 85%;">*usually used to indicate the rarity of something or the lack of number of a certain thing</span></span>I veri amici <span style="font-weight: bold;">si contano sulle dita di una mano.</span><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">One&#8217;s true friends can be counted on one hand.</span></li>
<li>Se gli dai un dito, si prende tutto il braccio <span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
If you give him an inch, he takes a mile&nbsp;</p>
<p></span></li>
</ul>
<p></span></li>
<li>la gamba <span style="font-style: italic;">leg&nbsp;
<ul>
<li>essere in gamba <span style="font-style: italic;">to be strong; to be capable; to be smart&nbsp;
<p><span>Era ammalato, ma ha recuperato bene.  <span style="font-weight: bold;">È in gamba</span>.</span><span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
He was sick but he recovered well.  He is strong.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p></span></li>
<li>fare il passo secondo la gamba <span style="font-style: italic;">to cut one&#8217;s coat according to one&#8217;s cloth<br />
*in other words, to stick to things that you know</span>/<span style="font-style: italic;">you can do</span><span style="font-weight: bold;">Fa&#8217; il passo secondo la gamba!</span> Non sei molto musicale!<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">Stick to what you know! You are not very musical.</span><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;"><br />
</span></li>
</ul>
<p></span></li>
<li>il piede<span style="font-style: italic;"> foot</span> (pl<span style="font-style: italic;">. feet</span>)
<ul>
<li>a piedi <span style="font-style: italic;">on foot</span><br />
andare a piedi <span style="font-style: italic;">to walk</span>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Siamo <span style="font-weight: bold;">a piedi</span> al museo.<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">We walked to the museum.</span></li>
<li>stare in piedi <span style="font-style: italic;">to be on one&#8217;s feet; to stand up (as in, to make sense, to hold up)</span>Il suo argomento non sta <span style="font-weight: bold;">in piedi</span> &#8212; purtroppo, non ha senso.<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">Her argument does not hold up &#8212; unfortunately, it doesn&#8217;t make sense.<br />
</span></li>
<li>fare con i piedi <span style="font-style: italic;">to be done poorly</span>Il lavoro di tua sorella è sempre <span style="font-weight: bold;">fatto con i piedi</span>.<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">Your sister&#8217;s work is always done poorly.</span></li>
<li>su due piedi <span style="font-style: italic;">at once; on the spot</span>Marcello decide <span style="font-weight: bold;">su due piedi </span>invece di pensare prima.<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;">Marcello decides on the spot instead of thinking first.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Downloads</span>:<br />
<a href="http://italian.engagedthinking.com/lessons/Lesson_166.pdf">Click here</a> to download a pdf version of this lesson.</p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/JE8bit-oZvkG0lvVcws4fnfvaps/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/JE8bit-oZvkG0lvVcws4fnfvaps/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/JE8bit-oZvkG0lvVcws4fnfvaps/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/JE8bit-oZvkG0lvVcws4fnfvaps/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/EVdaR9oUkJ4" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2008/11/18/lesson-166-human-body-and-idiomatic-expressions/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2008/11/18/lesson-166-human-body-and-idiomatic-expressions/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#038: Antecedents and pronouns – the scoop!</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/V_UQpgUsLvU/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2008/11/05/lesson-38-antecedents-and-pronouns-the-scoop/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 05 Nov 2008 14:46:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pronouns]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[relative pronouns]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=89</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Studying relative pronouns in Italian (i pronomi relativi) can be complicated, and it is one of the few areas where understanding grammar in your own native language can help. The problem with English, for example, is that often relative pronouns are omitted. When learning the relative pronouns in Italian, try to use them and incorporate [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[Studying relative pronouns in Italian (<b>i pronomi relativi</b>) can be complicated, and it is one of the few areas where understanding grammar in your own native language can help.  The problem with English, for example, is that often relative pronouns are omitted.  When learning the relative pronouns in Italian, try to use them and incorporate them in your English, as this may help you to understand them better in Italian.<br />
<br />
<b>REMEMBER</b>, in Italian <i>relative pronouns</i> are <b>never</b> omitted (although they are often left out in informal speech).<br />
<br />
When studying relative pronouns, you will have hear the combination <b>pronoun and antecedent</b>.  What exactly is an <b>antecedent</b>?  An antedecent is simply the word (or something phrase) which the pronoun refers back to.  The antecedent more than likely precedes the pronoun (as it would be difficult to refer back to something that has not been mentioned yet) and is usually followed by its relative pronoun (although, in Italian, there are exceptions to this).  In Italian, it is worth noting that some relative pronouns do not require antecedents.<br />
<br />
Relative pronouns are important in Italian because they help to link phrases together and to avoid repetition.  One of the hallmarks of Italian is its avoidance of repeating the same word over and over again.  By learning the relative pronouns, it can help you sound more like a native speaker.<br />
<br />
To better understand relative pronouns and when to use them, let&#8217;s look at some simple examples:<br />
<br />
<i>We found the dog.  The dog ran away.</i><br />
<br />
These sentences are very boring, and if you were to say them in Italian, it might sound childish, especially coming from an adult.  So how can we make this sentence more sophisticated?  The key to using relative pronouns is to find the common element between the two phrases.  In our example, the common element between the two phrases is the noun, <i>dog</i>.  Let&#8217;s combine them with a relative pronoun:<br />
<br />
<i>We found the dog that ran away.</i><br />
<br />
In our English example, <i>dog</i> is the <b>antecedent</b> because it <i>precedes</i> the relative pronoun, <i>that</i>.  <i>That</i> replaces the redundant use of the noun, <i>dog</i>, in the second sentence and creates a new phrases combining the two elements using the relative pronoun, <i>that</i>.  The phrases, <b>that ran away</b> is now a relative or dependent clause because its meaning is now <i>dependent</i> upon the whole sentence for its meaning.<br />
<br />
In Italian:<br />
<ul>
<li><b>Che</b> and <a href="http://ilgur.com/2009/03/03/lesson-172-il-pronome-relativo-cui-the-relative-pronoun-cui/"><b>cui</b></a> require noun antecedents.  <b>Che</b> can either be the subject or direct object of the relative clause whereas <b>cui</b> functions as an indirect object or object of a preposition. &#8212; note that <b>cui</b> is usually preceeded by a preposition.</li><br />
<li><b>Quello che</b> or <b>cosa</b> are used when <b>no antecedent</b> is present.  <b>Quello che</b> can be used when you want to start your sentence with <i>what</i> and is also the subject of your sentence, for example:<br />
<br />
<b>Quello che</b> dici è vero.<br />
<i>What you say is true</i>.<br />
<br />
Non so <b>cosa</b> vuole con te.<br />
<i>I don&#8217;t know what she wants with you.</i>
</li><br />

<li>Do not confuse the relative pronoun, <b>che</b>, with the conjunction, <b>che</b>, which often times requires the subjunctive with many verbs and expressions:<br />
<br />
Voglio il regalo <b>che</b> mi hai dato.<br />
<i>I want the gift that you gave me.</i><br />
<br />
Voglio <b>che</b> mi dia il regalo.<br />
<i>I want you to give me the gift.</i></li><br />
<br />
<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/_JMgqMH1qL2gG7k5QKPqFLGWjDc/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/_JMgqMH1qL2gG7k5QKPqFLGWjDc/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/_JMgqMH1qL2gG7k5QKPqFLGWjDc/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/_JMgqMH1qL2gG7k5QKPqFLGWjDc/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/V_UQpgUsLvU" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2008/11/05/lesson-38-antecedents-and-pronouns-the-scoop/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2008/11/05/lesson-38-antecedents-and-pronouns-the-scoop/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#081: Double object pronouns / Pronomi doppi</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/CeO1A9FsuOI/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2008/11/03/lesson-81-double-object-pronouns-pronomi-doppi/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 03 Nov 2008 16:42:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[double object pronouns]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[object pronouns]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pronomi doppi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pronouns]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=91</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Double object pronouns (i pronomi doppi) in Italian complicate and confuse learners of Italian. It is important to remember that, when using direct and indirect object pronouns together, certain rules must be applied: When double object pronouns are used, they precede conjugated verbs attach to ecco attach to infinitives attach to commands (except the formal [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Double object pronouns</span> (<span style="font-weight: bold;">i pronomi doppi</span>) in Italian complicate and confuse learners of Italian.  It is important to remember that, when using direct and indirect object pronouns together, certain rules must be applied:
<ol>
<li>When double object pronouns are used, they <span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">precede</span> conjugated verbs</li>
<li>attach to <span style="font-weight: bold;">ecco</span></li>
<li>attach to <span style="font-weight: bold;">infinitives</span></li>
<li>attach to <span style="font-weight: bold;">commands</span> (except the formal commands and negative commands).</li>
</ul>
<p></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;"></span>The indirect object <span style="font-weight: bold;">precedes</span> the direct object.   Note that the indirect objects change when combined with direct object pronouns (see chart below &#8212; click to enlarge):<br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_w5iw7FX_yng/R-FjVCCTfQI/AAAAAAAAAfw/m4W6ZRFOoqU/s1600-h/chart_comb_pron.JPG"><img style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer;" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_w5iw7FX_yng/R-FjVCCTfQI/AAAAAAAAAfw/m4W6ZRFOoqU/s400/chart_comb_pron.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5179530259427720450" border="0" /></a></li>
<li><span>Note that direct object pronouns will elide with <span style="font-weight: bold;">conjugated forms of avere</span> (ho, hai, ha and hanno).  This applies to <span style="font-weight: bold;">lo, la </span>and the combined <span style="font-weight: bold;">gli- </span>forms:
<p>Mi ha detto la verità.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">He told me the truth</span>.</p>
<p>Me <span style="font-weight: bold;">l&#8217;ha</span> detta.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">He told it to me.</span></p>
<p>Ti hanno sparato un </span>proiettile.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">They shot a bullet at you.</p>
<p></span>Te<span style="font-weight: bold;"> l&#8217;hanno</span> sparato.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">They shot it at you.</span></p>
<p>Gli hanno dato un regalo.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">They gave him a gift.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Gliel</span>&#8216;hanno dato.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">They gave it to him.</span><span></p>
<p></span></li>
<li><span><a href="http://www.ilgur.com/2006/11/agreement-of-past-participle-in-passato.html">Direct objects influence the past participle in compound tenses</a>, even when they are combined.  Indirect objects <span style="font-weight: bold;">never</span> influence the gender and number of past participles:
<p>Ho scritto una lettera a Marco.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">I wrote Marco a letter.<br /></span><br /><span style="font-weight: bold;">L&#8217;</span>ho scritt<b>a</b> a Marco. [L' = <span style="font-weight: bold;">la lettera</span> *note how scritto becomes scritt<span style="font-weight: bold;">a</span>]<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">I wrote it to Marco.<br /></span><br /><span style="font-weight: bold;">Gli</span> ho scritto una lettera.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">I wrote him a letter.<br /></span><br /><span style="font-weight: bold;">Gliel&#8217;</span>ho scritt<b>a.</b><br /><span style="font-style: italic;">I wrote it to him.</span></p>
<p></span></li>
<li><span>Below are some examples using double object pronouns:</span><span style="font-style: italic;">
<p></span>Ho comprato un vestito per Maria.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">I bought Maria a dress.<br /></span><br /><span style="font-weight: bold;">Le</span> ho comprato un vestito.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">I bought her a dress.</span> [her = Maria]</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">L&#8217;</span>ho comprato per Maria.<span style="font-style: italic;"><br /></span><span style="font-style: italic;">I bought it for Maria. </span><span style="font-style: italic;"></p>
<p></span><span style="font-weight: bold;">Gliel&#8217;</span>ho comprato.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">I bought it for her.</span><span style="font-weight: bold;"></p>
<p></span><span>Compra<span style="font-weight: bold;">glielo</span>. [<span style="font-weight: bold;">her = Maria, it = the dress]</span><br /><span style="font-style: italic;">Buy her it.</span></span><span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span><br />Devi comprar<span style="font-weight: bold;">glielo</span>. [<span style="font-weight: bold;">her = Maria, it = the dress</span>]<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">You have to buy her it.</span></li>
</ol>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Downloads:<br /></span><a href="http://italian.engagedthinking.com/lessons/Lesson_81.pdf">Click here</a> to download a pdf version of this lesson.<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /><span style="font-weight: bold;"></span></span><span><a href="http://italian.engagedthinking.com/exercises/Exercises_for_Lesson_81.pdf">Click here</a> to download practice exercises for this lesson.</span><span style="font-weight: bold;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"></span><br /></span></p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/a29eY4fwRp92NV96ytgILdMk5jw/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/a29eY4fwRp92NV96ytgILdMk5jw/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/a29eY4fwRp92NV96ytgILdMk5jw/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/a29eY4fwRp92NV96ytgILdMk5jw/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/CeO1A9FsuOI" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2008/11/03/lesson-81-double-object-pronouns-pronomi-doppi/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2008/11/03/lesson-81-double-object-pronouns-pronomi-doppi/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#165: Understanding verbs — cominciare</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/Qx76JjCJ-m8/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2008/10/31/lesson-165-understanding-verbs-cominciare/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 31 Oct 2008 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[avere or essere?]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cominciare]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[transitive v. intransitive verbs?]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Understanding verbs]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=92</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[A reader of my blog recently pointed out that the verb, cominciare, can be either intransitive or transitive, depending on how it is used in the sentence. So how do you know when you are using it transitively or intransitively? Does it matter? It matters because you need to know the function of the verb [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A reader of my blog recently pointed out that the verb, <span style="font-weight: bold;">cominciare</span>, can be either intransitive or transitive, depending on how it is used in the sentence.  So how do you know when you are using it transitively or intransitively?  Does it matter?  It matters because you need to know the function of the verb in order to choose the correct auxiliary (<span style="font-weight: bold;">avere or essere?</span>) in compound tenses (such as: <span style="font-weight: bold;">passato prossimo, trapassato prossimo, </span>etc.).</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s take a closer look at this verb, <span style="font-weight: bold;">cominciare</span>:
<ol>
<li>Cominciare has several meanings:
<ul>
<li>to start</li>
<li>to begin</li>
<li>to commence
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Cominciare</span> is transitive (i.e.: there&#8217;s a <span style="font-weight: bold;">direct object</span> that receives the action of the verb!) when something is started or begun (<span style="font-style: italic;">dare inizio, inziare qualcosa</span>):
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Ho cominciato</span> il nuovo libro.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">I started the new book.<br /></span><br />Mia madre <span style="font-weight: bold;">ha cominciato </span>le preparazioni per la festa.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">My mother began the preparations for the party.</span></p>
</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Cominciare </span>can also be an intransitive verb.  It gets a little tricky though because, as an intransitive verb, it can take both <span style="font-weight: bold;">essere</span> and <span style="font-weight: bold;">avere</span>:
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Essere</span> is used when <span style="font-weight: bold;">something</span> (qualcosa) starts or begins (<span style="font-style: italic;">le cose che hanno un inizio</span>):</p>
<p>Il film <span style="font-weight: bold;">è cominciato</span> alle 9 di sera.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">The film began at 9pm.<br /></span><br />Le mostre <span style="font-weight: bold;">sono cominciate</span> due settimane fa.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">The shows started two weeks ago.<br /></span><br />Il pesce <span style="font-weight: bold;">è cominciato a</span> puzzare.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">The fish started to smell.</span></p>
</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Avere</span> is used when <span style="font-weight: bold;">something</span> is begun or commenced in order to do something (<span style="font-style: italic;">iniziare a fare qualcosa</span>):
<p>Laura <span style="font-weight: bold;">ha cominciato</span> a scrivere una novella.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">Laura began to write a novella.<br /></span><br />I miei cugini <span style="font-weight: bold;">hanno cominiciato</span> a costruire una nuova casa.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">My cousins started to build a new house.</span></p>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p><span style="font-size:85%;">*<span style="font-weight: bold;">NB: This post was difficult to write in English so if there are some unclear points or inconsistencies, please leave a comment so that I can improve upon it. </span></span></p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/px9x3-HCr7F-ld21T6138U6emEs/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/px9x3-HCr7F-ld21T6138U6emEs/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/px9x3-HCr7F-ld21T6138U6emEs/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/px9x3-HCr7F-ld21T6138U6emEs/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/Qx76JjCJ-m8" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2008/10/31/lesson-165-understanding-verbs-cominciare/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2008/10/31/lesson-165-understanding-verbs-cominciare/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#120: Uses of the pronoun, ci</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/pA-INpsqfyM/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2008/10/23/lesson-120-uses-of-the-pronoun-ci/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 23 Oct 2008 11:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ci]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pronouns]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=93</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The pronoun, ci, is called a particella pronominale in Italian, but it can also be a reflexive pronoun or an object pronoun: Ci can be used as a reflexive pronoun or reciprocal for the first person plural Ci can also be a direct and indirect object pronoun for the first person plural As a particella [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The pronoun, <b>ci, </b>is called a <i>particella pronominale</i><b><i> </i></b>in Italian, but it can also be a reflexive pronoun or an object pronoun:
<ul>
<li>Ci can be used as a <a href="http://ilgur.com/2006/11/26/lesson-65-reflexive-verbs-verbi-riflessivi/">reflexive pronoun</a> or <a href="http://ilgur.com/2009/08/26/lesson-26-reciprocal-constructions-costruzioni-reciproche/">reciprocal</a> for the first person plural</li>
<li>Ci can also be a <a href="http://ilgur.com/2008/10/10/lesson-79-direct-and-indirect-object-pronouns-an-overview">direct and indirect object pronoun</a> for the first person plural</li>
</ul>
<p>As a <i>particella pronominale</i>, <b>ci </b>has the following uses:
<ol>
<li><b>Ci</b> can be used to mean <i>here</i> or <i>there</i> and is usually used once a place has been stated:</p>
<p>Marco: Siete andati a Roma l&#8217;ultima estate?<br />Daniela:  Sì, certo. Mio marito ed io <b>ci</b> siamo andati. <b>(ci = a Roma)</b></p>
<p>Giovanna:  Vado al mercato.<br />Ascanio: Aspetta! <b>Ci </b>vado con te! <b>(ci = al mercato)</b></p>
<p>Olivia: Vieni in Germania per la festa?<br />Marco: No, mi dispiace.  Non <b>ci</b> vengo. <b>(ci = in Germania)</b></p>
<p>Marcello: Vai da Luca domani per il barbecue?<br />Arturo: Sì!  A che ora ci vai? <b>(ci = da Luca)</b></p>
<p>Michele:  Vuoi andare al Cinema Sospiria?<br />Angela:  No!  Non ci voglio andare.  I biglietti sono troppo cari! <b>(ci = al Cinema Sospiria)</b></p>
</li>
<li><b>Ci </b>can also replace infinitive phrases that start with the preposition, <b>a:
<p></b>Vai a nuotare stamattina?<br />Sì, <b>ci</b> vado adesso. <b>(ci = a nuotare)</b></p>
</li>
<li><b>Ci </b>replaces noun phrases that follow the preposition, <b>a, </b>as with the following verbs:
<p><i>pensare a<br />credere a<br />rinunciare a<br />giocare a<br />partecipare a<br />tenere a<br /> </i><i>provare a,<br />riuscire a</i></p>
<p>Giochi a tennis durante la settimana?<br />No, <b>ci</b> gioco tutti i fine settimana. <b>(ci = a tennis)</b></p>
</li>
<li><b>Ci </b>is also used with various idiomatic expressions, such as:
<p>volerci/metterci <i>to take a certain amount of time, to require</i><br />arrivarci <i>to understand</i><br />cascarci <i>to fall for (a joke)</i><br />contarci <i>to promise</i><br />starci <i>to agree</i><br />esserci (c&#8217;è, ci sono)  <i>there is, there are</i><br />avercelo/la/li/le <i>to possess, to own</i><br />vederci  <i>to be able to see</i><br />sentirci  <i>to be able to hear</i></p>
</li>
<li><b>Ci </b>is also used with reflexive/reciprocal verbs to form the <i>si + impersonale</i> in order to avoid the <i>si si </i>construction of the third person singular/plural:
<p><i></i><b>dimenticarsi</b><br />Naturalmente <b>c</b><b>i si dimentica</b> il passato dopo un lungo periodo di tempo.<br /><i>One forgets the past after a long period of time.</i></p>
</li>
</ol>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Downloads</span>:<br />You can download a <span style="font-weight: bold;">pdf version</span> of the lesson <a href="http://italian.engagedthinking.com/lessons/Lesson_120.pdf">here</a>.
<div></div>
<div style="text-align: right;"><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size:x-small;">last updated: 5 April 2009</span></div>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/rUX_uuHfRHuK76FRUlpeMqGw0LA/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/rUX_uuHfRHuK76FRUlpeMqGw0LA/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/rUX_uuHfRHuK76FRUlpeMqGw0LA/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/rUX_uuHfRHuK76FRUlpeMqGw0LA/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/pA-INpsqfyM" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2008/10/23/lesson-120-uses-of-the-pronoun-ci/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>7</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2008/10/23/lesson-120-uses-of-the-pronoun-ci/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>#164: The prepositions, tra &amp; fra</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~3/uMpDYyjxsqI/</link>
		<comments>http://ilgur.com/2008/10/21/lesson-164-the-preposition-tra-fra/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 21 Oct 2008 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Italian Grammar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[fra/tra]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[prepositions]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://ilgur.com/?p=94</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The preposition, fra and tra, are simple prepositions, are interchangeable and have the same usage and meaning. Tra/fra never combines with the definite article (as articulated prepositions do). As with most Italian prepositions, the usage and meaning can vary depending upon the context and what you are trying to convey. Below are some of the [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The preposition, <span style="font-weight: bold;">fra</span> and <span style="font-weight: bold;">tra</span>, are <a href="http://www.ilgur.com/2007/03/preposizioni-improprie-improper.html">simple prepositions</a>, are interchangeable and have the same usage and meaning.  <span style="font-weight: bold;">Tra/fra</span> never combines with the definite article (as <a href="http://www.ilgur.com/2006/12/articulated-prepositions-preposizioni.html">articulated prepositions</a> do).  As with most Italian prepositions, the usage and meaning can vary depending upon the context and what you are trying to convey.  Below are some of the most common uses of the preposition, <span style="font-weight: bold;">tra/fra</span>:
<ol>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Referring to two people or things, or two groups of people or things</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Tra/fra</span> can be used to refer to two people or things or to two (2) distinct groups of people or things.  The English translation would be <span style="font-style: italic;">between.</span>  This usage can also be used when referring to place or position:</p>
<p>Spero che il mio segreto rimanga solo <span style="font-weight: bold;">fra te e lui</span>.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">I hope that my secret stays only <span style="font-weight: bold;">between you and him</span>.<br /></span>C&#8217;è un bel paese <span style="font-weight: bold;">tra Rome e Firenze</span> che mi piace visitare.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">There is a beautiful town <span style="font-weight: bold;">between Rome and Florence</span> that I like to visit.</span></p>
<p>Ci sono molte differenze <span style="font-weight: bold;">fra mio fratello e me</span>.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">There are many differences <span style="font-weight: bold;">between my brother and me</span>.</span></p>
<p>Le idee sono diverse <span style="font-weight: bold;">tra il partito democratico e il partito repubblicano</span>.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">The ideas are different <span style="font-weight: bold;">between the</span> <span style="font-weight: bold;">Democratic Party and the Republican Party.</span></span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Referring to two or more among a group</span>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Tra/fra </span>can be used to refer to two or more people or things among a larger group.  The English translation would be <span style="font-style: italic;">among</span> or <span style="font-style: italic;">amongst</span>:</p>
<p>Non ci sono segreti <span style="font-weight: bold;">fra amici</span>.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">There are no secrets <span style="font-weight: bold;">among friends</span>.</span></p>
<p>Mia zia non può trovare le chiavi.  Forse sono <span style="font-weight: bold;">fra gli effetti personali</span>.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">My aunt can&#8217;t find her keys.  Perhaps they are <span style="font-weight: bold;">among her belongings</span>.</span></p>
<p>Quell&#8217;uccello è difficile da vedere perché gli piace nascondersi <span style="font-weight: bold;">fra gli alberi</span>.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">That bird is difficult to see because it likes to hide </span><span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;">amongst the trees</span><span style="font-style: italic;">.</span><span style="font-weight: bold;"></span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Expressions of time</span>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Tra/fra</span> has the meaning of <span style="font-style: italic;">in, </span><span style="font-style: italic;">within, between </span>or <span style="font-style: italic;">from</span> when used in expressions of time:</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Fra una settimana</span> vado a Roma.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">I am going to Rome <span style="font-weight: bold;">in a week</span>.</span></p>
<p>Il progetto è attuato <span style="font-weight: bold;">fra agosto e settembre</span>.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">The project is happening&nbsp;<span style="font-weight: bold;">from (some date in) August to (some date in) September</span>.</span><br /><b>Tra/fra . . . e . . . </b>is used to express something that takes place within a part of the period of time specified.</p>
<p>Il treno arriva di solito <span style="font-weight: bold;">fra l&#8217;una e le due del pomeriggio</span>.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">The train usually arrives <span style="font-weight: bold;">between 1 and 2 in the afternoon</span>.</span></p>
<p>Vedrai mia sorella <span style="font-weight: bold;">fra un&#8217;ora</span>.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">You will see my sister <span style="font-weight: bold;">within the hour</span>.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">To indicate an approximate value</span>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Tra/fra</span> can be used to indicate approximate values, such as distance, price, time, etc.  The English translation is usually <span style="font-style: italic;">about</span>, <span style="font-style: italic;">from, </span>or <span style="font-style: italic;">around.</span>La distanza al negozio è <span style="font-weight: bold;">fra i 5 ed i 10 chilometri</span>.<span style="font-style: italic;"><br /><span style="font-style: italic;"></span>The distance to the store is <span style="font-weight: bold;">about 5 to 10 kilometers</span>.</span></p>
<p>La nuova macchina costerà <span style="font-weight: bold;">fra i 10 ed i 15 mila</span>.<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">The new car will cost <span style="font-weight: bold;">around 10,000 to 15,000</span></span>.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Distributive meaning</span>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Tra/fra </span>can have a distributive meaning, that is something that is divided among a group.  The English translation would be <span style="font-style: italic;">among</span>:</p>
<p>La corte ha ordinato che si dividano tutti i soldi <span style="font-weight: bold;">fra i parenti.</span><br /><span style="font-style: italic;">The court ordered that we share all the money <span style="font-weight: bold;">among the relatives.</span></span>La società ha diviso il premio <span style="font-weight: bold;">fra tutti i vincitori.</span><span style="font-style: italic;"><br />The company divided the prize <span style="font-weight: bold;">among all the winners.</span></span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">After relative superlatives or with partitives for emphasis</span>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Tra/fra </span>can be used with <a href="http://www.ilgur.com/2007/08/lesson-127-relative-superlative.html">superlatives</a> and some <a href="http://www.ilgur.com/2006/09/partitives-i-partitivi.html">partitives</a> to mean <span style="font-style: italic;">among </span>or <span style="font-style: italic;">out of, </span>as a means of singling out one particular person/group/thing from a larger group:</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Nessuno fra voi</span> ha fatto bene il compito<span style="font-style: italic;"><br /><span style="font-style: italic;">None of you did the homework well.</span></span>Le Nozze di Figaro è una <span style="font-weight: bold;">tra</span> le opere più belle del periodo classico.<span style="font-style: italic;"><br /><span style="font-style: italic;">The &#8216;Marriage of Figaro&#8217; is one of the most beautiful operas of the classical period.<br /><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-style: normal;"><br /></span></span></span></li>
<li>Useful expressions with <span style="font-weight: bold;">fra/tra</span>:
<p><span style="font-style: italic;">fra poco </span>shortly, in a short time, soon<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">fra po&#8217; </span>shortly, in a short time, soon<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">primo fra tutti </span>first of all<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">uno fra mille </span>one in a thousand<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">uno fra die<br />
ci </span>one in ten<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">fra noi</span> between you and me<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">fra i piedi </span>under one&#8217;s feet<br /><span style="font-style: italic;">fra la folla </span>in the crowd</li>
</ol>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;"><br />Downloads</span><br />You can download a <span style="font-weight: bold;">pdf version</span> of this lesson for personal use <a href="http://italian.engagedthinking.com/lessons/Lesson_164.pdf">here</a>.</p>

<p><a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/1L4vFABJCmA1Ga_u-io4dV8dcs4/0/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/1L4vFABJCmA1Ga_u-io4dV8dcs4/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a><br/>
<a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/1L4vFABJCmA1Ga_u-io4dV8dcs4/1/da"><img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/1L4vFABJCmA1Ga_u-io4dV8dcs4/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"></img></a></p><img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/ItalianLanguageGrammarAndUsage/~4/uMpDYyjxsqI" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://ilgur.com/2008/10/21/lesson-164-the-preposition-tra-fra/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://ilgur.com/2008/10/21/lesson-164-the-preposition-tra-fra/</feedburner:origLink></item>
	</channel>
</rss><!-- Dynamic page generated in 2.080 seconds. --><!-- Cached page generated by WP-Super-Cache on 2012-05-16 04:56:37 -->

